+ All Categories
Home > Documents > GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes...

GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes...

Date post: 20-Aug-2018
Category:
Upload: phunglien
View: 260 times
Download: 6 times
Share this document with a friend
302
GE Fanuc Automation Computer Numerical Control Products Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual (Hardware) GFZ-63393EN/02 February 2003
Transcript
Page 1: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

GE Fanuc Automation

Computer Numerical Control Products Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual (Hardware) GFZ-63393EN/02 February 2003

Page 2: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

GFL-001

Warnings, Cautions, and Notesas Used in this Publication

Warning

Warning notices are used in this publication to emphasize that hazardous voltages, currents,temperatures, or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist in this equipment ormay be associated with its use.

In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment, aWarning notice is used.

Caution

Caution notices are used where equipment might be damaged if care is not taken.

NoteNotes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding andoperating the equipment.

This document is based on information available at the time of its publication. While effortshave been made to be accurate, the information contained herein does not purport to cover alldetails or variations in hardware or software, nor to provide for every possible contingency inconnection with installation, operation, or maintenance. Features may be described hereinwhich are not present in all hardware and software systems. GE Fanuc Automation assumesno obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made.

GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutorywith respect to, and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, sufficiency, orusefulness of the information contained herein. No warranties of merchantability or fitness forpurpose shall apply.

©Copyright 2003 GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.

All Rights Reserved.

Page 3: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE

s–1

DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE

This manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user and preventing damage to themachine. Precautions are classified into Warning and Caution according to their bearing on safety.Also, supplementary information is described as a Note. Read the Warning, Caution, and Notethoroughly before attempting to use the machine.

WARNING

Applied when there is a danger of the user being injured or when there is a danger of both the userbeing injured and the equipment being damaged if the approved procedure is not observed.

CAUTION

Applied when there is a danger of the equipment being damaged, if the approved procedure is notobserved.

NOTE

The Note is used to indicate supplementary information other than Warning and Caution.

Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.

Page 4: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL
Page 5: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 PREFACE

p–1

PREFACE

This manual describes the electrical and structural specifications requiredfor connecting the CNC control unit to a machine tool. The manualoutlines the components commonly used for FANUC CNC control units,as shown in the configuration diagram in Chapter 2, and suppliesadditional information on using these components. Refer to individualmanuals for the detailed specifications of each component.Connect and install devices according to the instructions in thisconnection manual.The models covered by this manual, and their abbreviations, are:

Product Name Abbreviations

FANUC Series 18i–LNA 18i–LNA

Page 6: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

PREFACE B–63393EN/02

p–2

This manual consists of chapters 1 through 14 and appendixes.

Chapter No. and title Description

CHAPTER 1CONFIGURATION

Summarizes connection of the Series 18i–LNA and provides a guideline to detailinformation.

CHAPTER 2TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Describes how to connect the Series 18i–LNA and peripheral units.

CHAPTER 3INSTALLATION

Describes the conditions for installing the Series 18i–LNA.

1) Power supply capacity

2) Heat output

3) Connector locations on the control unit

4) Action against noise

CHAPTER 4POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION

Describes the connection of the power supply of the Series 18i–LNA.

CHAPTER 5CONNEDCTION TO CNCPERIPHERALS

Describes how to connect the Series 18i–LNA and the following peripheral units:

1) LCD unit

2) Input/output unit (RS–232–C)

CHAPTER 6SPINDLE CONNECTION

Describes how to connect the Series 18i–LNA and spindle–related units.

CHAPTER 7SERVO INTERFACE

Describes how to connect the Series 18i–LNA and servo units.

CHAPTER 8CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

Describes how to connect machine interface I/O signals through FANUC I/O Link.

CHAPTER 9EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL

Describes how to use the emergency stop signal.All users must read this chapter.

CHAPTER 10HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB)

Describes the high–speed serial bus (HSSB) that can be used with the Series18i–LNA.

CHAPTER 11PLC INTERFACE BOARD

Describes how to connect the I/O signals on the PLC interface board.

CHAPTER 12DeviceNet BOARD

Describes the DeviceNet board.

CHAPTER 13FL–net BOARD

Describes the FL–net board.

CHAPTER 14M–NET BOARD

Describes the M–NET board.

APPENDIX A) External dimensions of each unit

B) 20–pin interface connectors and cables

C) Connection cable

D) Optical cable

E) Touch panel for 10.4” LCD unit (with the touch panel and operator’s panel I/O)

F) PCMCIA interface

Organization of thismanual

Page 7: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 PREFACE

p–3

The table below lists manuals related to Series 18i–LNA.In the table, this manual is marked with an asterisk (*).

Table 1 Manuals Related

Manual name SpecificationNumber

CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B–63393EN *

CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION) B–63393EN–1

OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63394EN

MAINTENANCE MANUAL B–63395EN

PARAMETER MANUAL B–63400EN

Related manuals of SERVO MOTOR α series, β series

Manual name Specificationnumber

FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR α series DESCRIPTIONS B–65142E

FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR α series PARAMETER MANUAL B–65150E

FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR α series DESCRIPTIONS B–65152E

FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR α series PARAMETER MANUAL

B–65160E

FANUC SERVO AMPLIFIER α series DESCRIPTIONS B–65162E

FANUC SERVO MOTOR α series MAINTENANCE MANUAL B–65165E

The following lists the manuals related to the network.

Manual nameDrawingnumber

FANUC DeviceNet Board OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63404EN

FANUC FL–net Board OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63434EN

FANUC Ethernet Board/DATA SERVER BoardOPERATOR’S MANUAL

B–63354EN

The following lists the manuals related to the I/O.

Manual nameDrawingnumber

FANUC I/O Unit–MODEL ACONNECTION MAINTENANCE MANUAL

B–61813E

Related manuals

Related manuals ofSERVO MOTOR α series

Manuals related tonetwork

Manuals related to I/O

Page 8: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

PREFACE B–63393EN/02

p–4

The information about the PMC in this connection manual covers only thespecifications unique to the PMC of the FANUC Series 18i–LNA. Forother PMC specifications, refer to the following manuals:

Manual nameDrawingnumber

FANUC PMC MODEL PA1/PA3/SA1/SA2/SA3/SA5/

SB/SB2/SB3/SB4/SB5/SB6/SC/SC3/SC4/NB/NB2/NB6

Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–61863E

Related manuals forPMC

Page 9: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 Table of Contents

c–1

DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE s–1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PREFACE p–1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1. CONFIGURATION 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 CONTROL UNIT CONFIGURATION AND COMPONENT NAMES 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1.1 Configurations of Stand–alone Type Control Units 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.2 HARDWARE OVERVIEW 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 WHEN THE 10.4″ LCD UNIT

(WITH TOUCH PANEL AND OPERATOR’S PANEL I/O) IS USED 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2 WHEN THE DETACHABLE LCD/MDI IS USED 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. INSTALLATION 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 ENVIRONMENT FOR INSTALLATION 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1.1 Environmental Requirements 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2 POWER SUPPLY CAPACITY 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1 Power Supply Capacities of CNC–related Units 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION CONDITIONS OF THE MACHINE TOOL MAGNETIC CABINET 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4 THERMAL DESIGN OF THE CABINET 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.1 Temperature Rise within the Cabinet 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.2 Cooling by Heat Exchanger 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.3 Heat Output of Each Unit 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.4 Thermal Design of Operator’s Panel 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5 ACTION AGAINST NOISE 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1 Separating Signal Lines 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.2 Ground 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3 Connecting the Ground Terminal of the Control Unit 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.4 Noise Suppressor 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.5 Cable Clamp and Shield Processing 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.6 CONTROL UNIT 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.1 Installing the Control Unit 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.7 CABLING DIAGRAM 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 GENERAL 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 TURNING ON AND OFF THE POWER TO THE CONTROL UNIT 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.1 Power Supply for the Control Unit 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2 Specifications and Circuit Configuration of External 24–VDC Power Supply 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.3 Power–on Sequence 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.4 Power–off Sequence 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.3 CABLE FOR POWER SUPPLY TO CONTROL UNIT 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4 BATTERIES 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.1 Battery for Memory Backup (3VDC) 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.2 Battery for Absolute Pulse Coder Built into the Motor (6 VDC) 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 10: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02Table of Contents

c–2

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 CONNECTION WITH THE LCD UNIT 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.1.1 Overview 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.2 Connection with the 10.4″ LCD Unit (with the Touch Panel and Operator’s Panel I/O) 45. . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.3 Connection with the Detachable LCD/MDI 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.2 CONNECTION WITH INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICES 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.1 Overview 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.2 RS–232–C Serial Port 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.3 RS–232–C Interface Specification 60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6. SPINDLE CONNECTION 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 SERIAL SPINDLE 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.1.1 Connection of One to Two Serial Spindles 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7. SERVO INTERFACE 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 SERVO INTERFACE 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1.1 General 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1.2 Interface to the Servo Amplifiers 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1.3 Connecting the Servo Check Adapter 74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O LINK 76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 GENERAL 77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.2 CONNECTION 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.1 Connection of FANUC I/O Link by Electric Cable 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.2 Connection of FANUC I/O Link Optical Cable 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.3 UNITS THAT CAN BE CONNECTED USING FANUC I/O LINK 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.4 I/O CONNECTION OF THE SERIES 18i–LNA 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.5 CONNECTION OF THE CONNECTOR PANEL 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.1 Overview 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.2 Connector Panel I/O Modules Used 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.3 Connection Diagram 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.4 Power Supply Connection 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.5 Connection Example of Relay Pins 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.6 I/O Link Assignment 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.7 Signal Connections 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.5.7.1 Pin assignment 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.5.7.2 Input signal connection 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.5.7.3 Output signal connection 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.5.8 Input/Output Signal Specifications 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.9 2 A Output DO Signal Specifications 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.10 Outline Drawing 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.11 Checking the Input and Output Signals 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.12 Connection of Basic and Extension Modules 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.13 Other Notes 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.6 OPERATOR’S PANEL I/O CONNECTION FOR 10.4″ LCD UNIT 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.1 Connector Layout 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.2 Overall Connection Diagram 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.3 I/O Link Assignment 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.4 Power Supply Connection 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.5 I/O Connector Pin Assignment 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.6 Input Signal Connection 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.7 Output Signal Connection 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 11: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02

c–3

8.6.8 Wiring Inside the Operator’s Panel 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.9 Connection of a Manual Pulse Generator 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.10 Specifications 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.11 Other Notes 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.7 CONNECTION OF OPERATOR’S PANEL I/O MODULE 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.1 Overall Connection Diagram 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.2 Power Connection 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.3 Manual Pulse Generator Connection 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.4 Cable Length for Manual Pulse Generator 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.5 External View 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.6 Specifications 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.7 Other Notes 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8 CONNECTION OF FANUC I/O LINK–AS–I CONVERTER 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.1 Outline 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.1.1 Strong point 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.1.2 Ordering specification 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.1.3 Specification 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.1.4 Power supply 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.1.5 Heat value 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.1.6 Weight 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.2 Installation 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.2.1 Environmental conditions 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.2.2 Outer dimensions 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.2.3 Arrangement of connector 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.2.4 Installation 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.3 Connection 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.3.1 General connection diagram 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.3.2 Connecting Input power source 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.3.3 Power turn–on/off sequence 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.3.4 Connection of AS–i terminal 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.4 DI/DO Map on the I/O Link 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.5 Details of I/O Link DI/DO 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.5.1 input / output data area 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.5.2 AS–i status 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.5.3 List of slave 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.6 Command Execution by the Ladder Program 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.6.1 Commands that can be executed from the ladder program 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.6.2 Command interface of ladder program 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.6.3 Details of command flag and status 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.6.4 Error code 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.6.5 An order of command handshake 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.6.6 Details of commands 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.7 LED Display and Setting Switch Operation 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.7.1 LED display 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.7.2 7 segments LED display 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.7.3 Setting switch 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.8 Dealing with Errors 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.9 How to use I/O Link – AS–i Converter 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.9.1 Installation 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.8.9.2 Normal operation 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 12: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02Table of Contents

c–4

8.8.10 CE Marking 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9. EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB) 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 OVERVIEW 172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.2 CAUTIONS 172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.3 PERSONAL COMPUTER SPECIFICATION 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.4 INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.5 PROCEDURE FOR INSTALLING PERSONAL COMPUTER INTERFACE BOARDS 174. . . . . . . .

10.6 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.7 RECOMMENDED CABLES 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.PLC INTERFACE BOARD 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 OVERVIEW 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.2 PLC BOARD CONNECTOR LAYOUT 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.3 CONNECTION 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.DEVICENET BOARD 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 OVERVIEW 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.2 SPECIFICATIONS 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.4 SLAVE AND MASTER FUNCTIONS 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.5 CONNECTION 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.6 REFRESH TIME 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.7 CAUTIONS 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.8 ATTACHING/DETACHING DeviceNet BOARD 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13.FL–net BOARD 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 OVERVIEW 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13.2 SPECIFICATIONS 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13.3 MONITORING PARTICIPATING AND SEPARATED NODES 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13.4 MISCELLANEOUS 209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14.M–NET BOARD 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 OVERVIEW 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14.2 SPECIFICATIONS 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14.3 INTERFACE CONNECTOR 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14.4 CABLE CONNECTION 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

APPENDIX

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT AND CONNECTOR 217. . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 13: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02

c–5

B.1 OVERVIEW 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.2 ADDITIONAL TARGET MODEL 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.3 BOARD–MOUNTED CONNECTORS 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.3.1 Vertical–type Connectors 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.3.2 Straight and Right–angled Connectors (for Spring and Screw–fixing Connector Housings) 250. . . . . . . .

B.4 CABLE CONNECTORS 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.5 RECOMMENDED CONNECTORS, APPLICABLE HOUSINGS, AND CABLES 254. . . . . . . . . . . .

C. CONNECTION CABLE (SUPPLIED FROM US) 265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D. OPTICAL CABLE 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E. 10.4″ LCD UNIT (WITH TOUCH PANEL AND OPERATOR’S PANEL I/O) 279. . . . .

F. PCMCIA INTERFACE 281. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 14: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL
Page 15: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 1. CONFIGURATION

1

1 CONFIGURATION

Page 16: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/021. CONFIGURATION

2

The configuration and component names of each control unit are shownin the figures given below. This manual explains how to attach theconnectors shown in these figures to devices. The numbers in parentheses( ) in the figures are keyed to the item numbers of the descriptions in thismanual. The numbers in brackets [ ] in the figures are connector numbers.

Series 18i–LNA control units

Slot rack name Option slot Mini slot

Single–slot rack None 2

3–slot rack 2 2

Series 18i–LNA display units

Display Soft key Graphic display

10.4″ LCD unit (withtouch panel andoperator’s panel I/O)

None Provided

Detachable LCD/MDI Provided None

1.1CONTROL UNITCONFIGURATIONAND COMPONENTNAMES

1.1.1Configurations ofStand–alone TypeControl Units

Page 17: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 1. CONFIGURATION

3

Control unit

PCMCIAinterface

Mini slot(Cannot used)

Slot 3 Slot 2

Battery(4.4)

Status display LED

RS–232–Cconnector (5.2)

[JD5A]

I/O Link connector(8) [JD1A]

Connector for serialspindle (6) [JA41]

Connector for displaylink (5.1) [JD45]

Power supply connector (4)[CP1, CP2]

LED indicator formaintenance

Rotary switch formaintenance

Connector for 10.4″LCD unit (5)[COP20A]

Servo check boardconnector (7)

[CA54]

Ground terminalfor signal

Servo unit (FSSB)connector (7)

[COP10A]

Mini slot Slot 1Install an option board

for the lower net.

Mini slot Slot 2Install an option board

for the higher net.

Mini slot(Cannot used)

Page 18: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/021. CONFIGURATION

4

Control unit

Sub–CPU board (Option)

Connector for serialspindle (6) [JA41]

Servo check boardconnector (7) [CA54]

Servo unit (FSSB)connector (7)[COP10A]

PLC interface board (Option)

Connector for I/O(11) [(C80)]

Connector for I/O(11) [(C81)]

Page 19: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 1. CONFIGURATION

5

Control unit (mini slots)

HSSB board

FL–net board

DeviceNet board

HSSB opticalconnector (10)

FL–net connector

DeviceNetconnector

M–NET board

M–NETconnector

Ethernet board

Ethernetconnector

Page 20: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/021. CONFIGURATION

6

When option boards such as the FL–net board, DeviceNet board, andM–NET board are used, they must be installed in the mini slots by themachine tool builder.Install an option board used for the higher net in the upper mini slot, andinstall an option board for the lower net in the lower mini slot.

Mini slot forthe higher net

Mini slot forthe lower net

Control unit

PLC

FL–net

DeviceNet

I/O

FL–net

I/O

FL–net

I/O

Higher net

Lower net

FL–netboard

DeviceNetboard

DeviceNet

DeviceNet

Installing option boards

Installation example

Page 21: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 1. CONFIGURATION

7

10.4″ LCD unit (with a touch panel and operator’s panel I/O)

Liquid crystal display(touch panel)

PCMCIAinterface

Connector for I/O link(lower) connection (8)[JD1B]

Connector forconnection of I/Osignals of operator’spanel (8) [CE56]

Connector for I/O Link(upper) connection (8)[JD1A]

Connector for manualpulse generator (8)[JA60]

LCD connector(5) [COP20B] Fuse

Power supplyconnector (5)[CP1A (right)][CP1B (left)]

Protectivegrounding (PE)terminal

Page 22: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/021. CONFIGURATION

8

To slot 2PLC interface board

PLC interface and I/O

Main CPU board

CPU for controlling CNC· Power supply· Spindle interface· I/O Link· PMC–SB6· RS–232–C· Six–axis servo control· PCMCIA interface· Display interface

HSSB interface board

High–speed serial bus interface(personal computer interface)

1– or 3–slot cabinet

To minislot 1 or 2

Optionslot 3

Sub–CPU board

Sub–CPU for 2–path control· Four–axis servo control· Spindle interface

FL–net board

FL–net function

DeviceNet board

DeviceNet function

To slot 3

To slot 1

Optionslot 2

Slot 1

Mini slot

Mini slot

M–NET board

M–NET function

Ethernet board

Ethernet function

1.2HARDWAREOVERVIEW

Page 23: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 2. TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

9

2 TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Page 24: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

2. TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS B–63393EN/02

10

24V–IN(CP1)

24V–OUT(CP2)

LCD(COP20A)

R232–1(JD5A)

SPDL&POS(JA41)

FSSB(COP10A)

MCC

SVM

SVM

SVM

SVM

SPM

TB1 CX2A JX1A

TB1 CX2B JX1B

TB1 CX2B JX1B

CX1A TB1 CX2A JX1A

CX1B TB1 JX1B

COP10B

JA7A

JA7B

COP10A

COP10B

COP10A

JF1

JY2

TB2

TB2

CX4CX3CX1A TB2

COP10B

COP10B

COP10A

COP10A

PSM

SV–CHK(CA54)

Control unit

Main CPU board

Circuit breaker

To 2nd spindle Serial spindle motor

Axis 1 servo motor

Position coder

Circuit breaker

Servo card

Axis 2 servo motor

Axis 3 servo motor

Axis 4 servo motor

Up to six axis, (In this figure, a 1–axis amplifier is used.)

Servo check board

AC reactor

Slo

t 1

JD1A

Optical cable

24 VDC power supply

LCD unit (touch panel)

JD1A

JD1B

COP20B

CP1A

CP1B

CA55

JA60

CE56

Manual pulse generator

Operator’spanel

Memory cardConnector panel (connector panel I/O module)

JD1A

JD1B

CE62

CE63

CE64

XT1

Powermagneticscabinet

RS–232C I/O unit

200 VAC

200 VAC

Optical cable

2.1WHEN THE 10.4″ LCDUNIT (WITH TOUCHPANEL ANDOPERATOR’S PANELI/O) IS USED

Page 25: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 2. TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

11

Control unit

PLC interface board

Power magnetics cabinet

Servo check board

SVM

SPM

PSM

Spindle motor

Sub axis 1servo motor

Up to four axes.

To second spindle

COP10B

COP10A

SPDL&POS(JA41)

Servo card

FSSB(COP10A)

SV–CHK(CA54)

COP10B

COP10A

COP10B

COP10A

COP10B

COP10A

Sub–CPU board

Optical cable

slot

2sl

ot 3

Position coder

Sub axis 2servo motor

Sub axis 3servo motor

Sub axis 4servo motor

(TBL)

HSSB(COP70)

(CD38N)

HSSB board

Min

i slo

t

DeviceNet board

FL–net board

To another device

To another device

Personal Computer

SVM

SVM

SVM

Optical cable

(C80)

(C81)

NOTE: Up to two option boards formini slots can be installed.

DeviceNet board

To another device

To another device

Min

i slo

tM

ini s

lot

Min

i slo

tM

ini s

lot

(TR)

M–NET board

(CD38L)

Ethernet board

Page 26: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

2. TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS B–63393EN/02

12

24V–IN(CP1)

24V–OUT(CP2)

Main board

JD1A

24 VDC power supply

Manual pulse generator

I/O module for operator ’s panel

JD1A

JD1B

24 VDC

I/O Link

100 to 200VACpower supply

DetachableLCD/MDI

CA61

CA63

(CRT Link)JD45

CA66

CPA

JA3

NOTE: For other connnections, see Section 2.1.

2.2WHEN THEDETACHABLELCD/MDI IS USED

Page 27: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

13

3 INSTALLATION

Page 28: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

14

The peripheral units and the control unit have been designed on theassumption that they are housed in closed cabinets. In this manual“cabinet” refers to the following:

Cabinet manufactured by the machine tool builder for housing thecontrol unit or peripheral units;

Operation pendant, manufactured by the machine tool builder, forhousing the control unit or operator’s panel.

Equivalent to the above.

The environmental conditions when installing these cabinets shallconform to the following table.

Condition

10.4″ LCD unit(with a touch

panel and oper-ator’s panel I/O)

Other types of unit

In operation 0°C to 58°C 0°C to 55°CAmbientTemperature In store or

transportation–20°C to 60°C

Relativehumidity 30% to 95% (no condensation)

In operation 0.5 G or less

Vibration In store or trans-portation

1.0 G or less

In operation Up to 1000 mMeters abovesea level In store or trans-

portationUp to 12000 m

Environment

Inter of units: Each unit should be placed in a cabinet to keepit from pollutants (such as dust, coolant, organic solvents,acid, corrosive gas, amd salt).

Heat sink of outer of cabinet: The heat sinks should beprotected from direct exposure to coolant, lubricant, andmetal chips.

Radiation (ionizing ornonionizing)

If a unit is to be used in an environment where it is likely tobe exposed to radiations (such as microwave, ultravioletrays, laser beams, and X–rays), a shielding provisionshould be available for it.

Section 3.3 describes the installation and design conditions of a cabinetsatisfying these conditions.

3.1ENVIRONMENT FORINSTALLATION

3.1.1EnvironmentalRequirements

Page 29: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

15

The following CNC–related units require an input power supply thatsatisfies the indicated current capacities with a power supply voltage of24 VDC 10%. Here, note that momentary voltage changes and ripplesare also within 10% of the power supply voltage.

Table 3.2.1 (a) Power supply capacity (for control units)

Unit Power supplycapacity Remarks

Control unit 1–slot rack 1.8A (*1, *2)(including mainCPU board) 3–slot rack 1.8A (*1, *2)

HSSB board 0.2A

Sub–CPU board 0.8A

FL–net board 0.3A

DeviceNet board 0.2A

M–NET board 0.3A

Ethernet board 0.3A

PLC interface board 1.5A (*4)

10.4″ LCD unit (with touch panel andoperator’s panel I/O)

1.35A (*3)

NOTE1 Boards in option slots and mini slots are not included.2 When an RS–232–C unit (with power supplied form the NC)

is connected to the RS–232–C port, +1 A is further required.3 Use memory cards that consume no more than 2 W.4 The PLC mounted on the PLC interface board is also

included.

Table 3.2.1 (b) Power supply rating (peripheral units)

Unit Power supply capacity Remarks

MDI unit 0A

Operator’s panel I/Omodule

0.35A

Connector panel I/Omodule (basic)

0.2A+7.3mA×DI

Connector panel I/Omodule (additional)

0.1A+7.3mA×DI

3.2POWER SUPPLYCAPACITY

3.2.1Power SupplyCapacities ofCNC–related Units

Page 30: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

16

When a cabinet is designed, it must satisfy the environmental conditionsdescribed in Section 3.1. In addition, the magnetic interference on thescreen, noise resistance, and maintenance requirements must beconsidered. The cabinet design must meet the following conditions :

The cabinet must be fully closed.

The cabinet must be designed to prevent the entry of airbornedust,coolant,and organic solvent.

The cabinet must be designed so that the permissible temperature ofeach unit is not exceeded. For actual heat design, see Section 3.4.

A closed cabinet must be equipped with a fan to circulate the airwithin. (This is not necessary for a unit with fan.)The fan must be adjusted so that the air moves at 0.5 m/sec along thesurface of each installed unit.

CAUTIONIf the air blows directly from the fan to the unit, dust easilyadheres to the unit. This may cause the unit to fail. (Thisis not necessary for a unit with fan.)

For the air to move easily, a clearance of 100 mm is required betweeneach unit and the wall of the cabinet.

Packing materials must be used for the cable port and the door in orderto seal the cabinet.

The display unit must not be installed in such a place that coolantwould directly fall onto the unit. The control unit has a dust–prooffront panel, but the unit should not be placed in a location wherecoolant would directly fall onto it.

Noise must be minimized.As the machine and the CNC unit are reduced in size, the parts thatgenerate noise may be placed near noise–sensitive parts in themagnetics cabinet.The CNC unit is built to protect it from external noise. Cabinet designto minimize noise generation and to prevent it from being transmittedto the CNC unit is necessary. See section 3.6 for details of noiseelimination/management.

When placing units in the cabinet, also consider ease of maintenance.The units should be placed so that they can be checked and replacedeasily when maintenance is performed.

The installation conditions of the connector panel I/O module must besatisfied.To obtain good ventilation in the module, the connector panel I/Omodule must be installed in the direction shown in the followingfigure. Clearances of 100 mm or more both above and below the I/Ounit are required for wiring and ventilation.Equipment radiating too much heat must not be put below theconnector panel I/O module.

3.3DESIGN ANDINSTALLATIONCONDITIONS OF THEMACHINE TOOLMAGNETIC CABINET

Page 31: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

17

Connector panel I/O module (No screws or protrusions shallextend from the bottom of thisunit.)

Bottom

Top

A control unit must be carefully isolated against vibration.The CNC control unit itself may resonate at certain frequencies.Perform a thorough check after mounting the CNC control unit on themachine.

To ensure conformity to the EMC command, refer to “Conforming tothe EMC Command (A–72937).”

Page 32: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

18

The internal air temperature of the cabinet increases when the units andparts installed in the cabinet generate heat. Since the generated heat isradiated from the surface of the cabinet, the temperature of the air in thecabinet and the outside air balance at certain heat levels. If the amountof heat generated is constant, the larger the surface area of the cabinet, theless the internal temperature rises. The thermal design of the cabinetrefers to calculating the heat generated in the cabinet, evaluating thesurface area of the cabinet, and enlarging that surface area by installingheat exchangers in the cabinet, if necessary. Such a design method isdescribed in the following subsections.

The cooling capacity of a cabinet made of sheet metal is generally 6 W/°Cper 1m2 surface area, that is, when the 6W heat source is contained in acabinet having a surface area of 1 m2, the temperature of the air in thecabinet rises by 1°C. In this case the surface area of the cabinet refers tothe area useful in cooling , that is, the area obtained by subtracting the areaof the cabinet touching the floor from the total surface area of the cabinet.There are two preconditions : The air in the cabinet must be circuited bythe fun, and the temperature of the air in the cabinet must be almostconstant.The following expression must then be satisfied to limit thedifference in temperature between the air in the cabinet and the outside airto 10°C or less when the temperature in the cabinet rises: Internal heat loss P [W] 6[W/m2⋅°C] × surface area S[m2]×10[°C] of rise in temperature(6 W/°C is applied when the cabinet is large to some extent, in which casean uneven temperature distribution is left in the cabinet even after the airin it is circulated by the fan. When a small cabinet such as an operationpanel is used, 8 W/°C described in Subsection 3.4.4 can be used safely.)For example, a cabinet having a surface area of 4 m2 has a cooling capacityof 24W/°C. To limit the internal temperature increase to 10°C under theseconditions, the internal heat must not exceed 240 W. If the actual internalheat is 320W, however, the temperature in the cabinet rises by 13°C ormore. When this happens, the cooling capacity of the cabinet must beimproved using the heat exchanger described next.

If the temperature rise cannot be limited to the permissible temperatureor lower by the cooling capacity of the cabinet, a heat exchanger must beadded. The heat exchanger forcibly applies the air from both the insideand outside of the cabinet to the cooling fin to obtain effective cooling.The heat exchanger enlarges the surface area.A heat exchanger is to be prepared by the customer.

3.4THERMAL DESIGNOF THE CABINET

3.4.1Temperature Risewithin the Cabinet

3.4.2Cooling by HeatExchanger

Page 33: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

19

Table 3.4.3 (a) Heat output (Control units)

Unit Heat output Remarks

Stand–alone typecontrol unit (includingmain CPU board)

1–slot rack 35W (*1), (*2)

Stand–alone typecontrol unit (includingmain CPU board)

3–slot rack 35W (*1), (*2)

Option board HSSB board 4W

Sub–CPU board 14W

FL–net board 6W

DeviceNet board 5W

M–NET board 6W

Ethernet board 6W

PLC interface board 30W (*3)

10.4″ LCD unit (with touch panel and operator’s panel I/O)

30W (*4)

NOTE1 The heat output values of the boards in the option slots and

mini slots are not included.2 The heat outputs of units connected to the CNC and

memory cards are not included.3 The heat output of the PLC mounted on the PLC interface

board is included.4 The heat output of the operator’s panel I/O function is also

included. (The indicated output value corresponds to when50% of the input signals are turned on.)

Table 3.4.3 (b) Heat output (peripheral units common to LCD–mountedtype and separation type)

Unit Heat output (W) Remarks

MDI unit 0W

Operator’s panel I/O module 12W (*1)

Connector panel I/O module (basic) 8W (*1)

Connector panel I/O module(additional)

5W (*1)

NOTEThe indicated values are when 50% of the module inputsignals are ON.

3.4.3Heat Output of EachUnit

Page 34: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

20

With a small cabinet like the operator’s panel, the heat dissipatingcapacity of the cabinet is as shown below, assuming that there is sufficientmixing of the air inside the cabinet.Coated metal surfaces: 8 W/m2°CPlastic surfaces: 3.7 W/m2°CAn example of the thermal design for the cabinet shown in Fig. 3.4.4 isshown below.

Air guidechamber

120–mm square fanmotor (for air mixing)

Machine operator’s panel

Fig. 3.4.4

Assume the following.Thermal exchange rates : Coated metal surfaces 8 W/m2°C

: Plastic surfaces 3.7 W/m2°C: Allowable temperature rise: 13°C higher than the exteriortemperature

Also, assume the following.Dimensions of pendant type cabinet shown in Fig. 3.4.4:

560(W) × 470(H) × 150(D) mmSurface area of metallic sections : 0.5722 m2

Surface area of plastic sections : 0.2632 m2

In this case, the allowable total heat dissipation for the cabinet is: 8 × 0.5722 × 13 + 3.7 × 0.2632 × 13 = 72 W.

3.4.4Thermal Design ofOperator’s Panel

Page 35: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

21

The CNC has been steadily reduced in size using surface–mount andcustom LSI technologies for electronic components. The CNC also isdesigned to be protected from external noise. However, it is difficult tomeasure the level and frequency of noise quantitatively, and noise hasmany uncertain factors. It is important to prevent both noise from beinggenerated and generated noise from being introduced into the CNC. Thisprecaution improves the stability of the CNC machine tool system.The CNC component units are often installed close to the parts generatingnoise in the power magnetics cabinet. Possible noise sources into theCNC are capacitive coupling, electromagnetic induction, and groundloops.When designing the power magnetics cabinet, guard against noise in themachine as described in the following section.

The cables used for the CNC machine tool are classified as listed in thefollowing table:Process the cables in each group as described in the action column.

Group Signal line Action

Primary AC power line Bind the cables in group A

Secondary AC power line separately (Note 1) from groups B

AAC/DC power lines (containing thepower lines for the servo andspindle motors)

and C, or cover group A with anelectromagnetic shield (Note 2).

See Section 3.5.4 and connect

AC/DC solenoidspark killers or diodes with thesolenoid and relay.

AC/DC relaysolenoid and relay.

DC solenoid (24VDC) Connect diodes with DC solenoid

DC relay (24VDC)and relay.

Bind the cables in group B

B

DI/DO cable between the CNC andpower magnetics cabinet

Bind the cables in group Bseparately from group A, or covergroup B with an electromagnetic

BDI/DO cable between the CNC andmachine

shield.

Separate group B as far fromGroup C as possible.

24VDC input power cable of thecontrol unit and peripheral devices.

Group C as possible.

It is more desirable to cover groupB with the shield.

Cable between the CNC and I/OUnit

Bind the cables in group Cseparately from group A, or cover

Cable for position and velocityfeedback

group C with an electromagneticshield.

Cable between the CNC andspindle amplifier

Separate group C as far fromGroup B as possible.

Cable for the position coder Be sure to perform shield

CCable for the manual pulsegenerator

processing in Section 3.5.5.

Cable between the CNC and theMDI (Note 3)

RS–232C and RS–422 interfacecable

Cable for the battery

Other cables to be covered withthe shield

3.5ACTION AGAINSTNOISE

3.5.1Separating SignalLines

Page 36: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

22

NOTE1 The groups must be 10 cm or more apart from one another

when binding the cables in each group.2 The electromagnetic shield refers to shielding between

groups with grounded steel plates.3 The shield is not required when the cable between the CNC

and MDI is shorter than 30 cm.

Cable of group A

Spindleamp.

Servoamp.

Controlunit

DuctTooperator’spanel,motor, etc.

Section

Group AGroup B, C

Cover

Cable ofgroup B, C

Cabinet

Page 37: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

23

The CNC machine tool uses the following three types of grounding:

Signal groundingSignal grounding supplies a reference potential (0 V) for electricalsignals.

Grounding for protectionGrounding for protection is performed for safety reasons as well as toshield against external and internal noise. This type of groundingincludes, for example, the equipment frames, cases and panels ofunits, and the shielding on interface cables connecting the equipment.

Protective grounding (PE)Protective grounding (PE) is performed to connect protection groundsprovided for equipment or between units to ground together at onepoint as a grounding system.

Display

DistributedI/O

α amplifier

AC powersupply

24–V powersupply

AC input

PE (ground plate of cabinet)

CNC

Cabinet on machine side

Frame

Frame

Operator’spanel

Path for grounding

Path for protective grounding (PE)

Pendant box

The ground resistance in protective grounding (PE) must be 100 Ω orless (type D grounding).

The cable used for protective grounding (PE) must be of a sufficientcross section to allow current to flow safely into protective ground(PE) if an accident such as a short–circuit occurs. (Generally, a crosssection equal to or greater than that of the AC power cable is required.)

The cable connected to protective ground (PE) must be incorporatedinto the AC power wire such that power cannot be supplied with theground wire disconnected.

3.5.2Ground

Notes on grounding

Page 38: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

24

Protection ground (PE)

Single–slot rack Three–slot rack

Signal ground terminal(Faston terminal)

Signal ground terminal

M4 (threaded hole)

M3 (threaded hole)

Ground cable2 mm2 or more

Grounding plate of the cabinet

Connect the 0–V lines of the electronic circuits in the control unit to theground plate of the cabinet via the signal ground terminal.

CAUTIONUse the Faston terminal (FANUC specification:A02B–0166–K330), and use a twisted wire of 2 mm2 ormore not longer than 300 mm. Otherwise, the control unitbecomes very susceptible to noise.

3.5.3Connecting the GroundTerminal of the ControlUnit

Page 39: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

25

The AC/DC solenoid and relay are used in the power magnetics cabinet.A high pulse voltage is caused by coil inductance when these devices areturned on or off.This pulse voltage induced through the cable causes the electronic circuitsto be disturbed.

Use a spark killer consisting of a resistor and capacitor in series. Thistype of spark killer is called a CR spark killer.(Use it under AC)(A varistor is useful in clamping the peak voltage of the pulse voltage,but cannot suppress the sudden rise of the pulse voltage. FANUCtherefore recommends a CR spark killer.)

The reference capacitance and resistance of the spark killer shallconform to the following based on the current (I (A)) and DCresistance of the stationary coil:

1) Resistance (R) : Equivalent DC resistance of the coil

2) Capacitance (C) :20

I2(µF)to

I2

10

I : Current at stationary state of the coil

Equivalent circuit of the spark killerR C

Spark killer

Spark killer

Motor

ACrelay

Mount the noise eliminator near a motor or a relay coil.

Note) Use a CR–type noise eliminator. Varistor–type noise eliminatorsclamp the peak pulse voltage but cannot suppress a sharp rising edge.

Use a diode which can withstand avoltage up to two times the appliedvoltage and a current up to two timesthe applied current.

Diode

DC relay

Diode (used for direct–current circuits)

– +

3.5.4Noise Suppressor

Notes on selecting thespark killer

Page 40: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

26

If a cable connected to the CNC, servo amplifier, spindle amplifier, orother device requires shielding, clamp the cable as shown below. Theclamp both supports and shields the cable. Use this clamp to ensure stableoperation of the system.Partially peel out the sheath and expose the shield. Push and clamp bythe plate metal fittings for clamp at the part. The ground plate must bemade by the machine tool builder, and set as follows :

40 to

80

mm

Cable

Metal fittings for clamp

Ground plate

Fig. 3.5.5 (a) Cable clamp (1)

3.5.5Cable Clamp andShield Processing

Page 41: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

27

ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ

Control unit

Ground plate

Metal fittings for clamp

Shield cover

Machine sideinstallationboard

Fig. 3.5.5 (b) Cable clamp (2)

Prepare ground plate like the following figure.

Mount screw hole

Hole for securing metal fitting clamp

Ground terminal(grounded)

Fig. 3.5.5 (c) Ground plate

For the ground plate, use a metal plate of 2 mm or thicker, which surfaceis plated with nickel.

Page 42: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

28

12mm

20mm

8mmGroundplate

Fig. 3.5.5 (d) Ground plate holes

(Reference) Outer drawings of metal fittings for clamp.

17mm

28mm

6mm

Max. 55mm

Fig. 3.5.5 (e) Outer drawings of metal fittings for clamp

Ordering specification for metal fittings for clamp A02B–0124–K001 (8 pieces)

Page 43: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

29

The control unit is equipped with a fan motor.

Air is fed into the bottom of the unit and output from the fan motormounted on the top of the unit.

The spaces shown in Fig. 3.6.1 (areas (A) and (B)) are always required toensure smooth air flow.

Also, adequate service access space is required in front of and at the topof the unit so that printed circuit boards and the fan motor can be replacedeasily if necessary.

There is a spare connector located at the far end (at middle height) on theright side of the control unit. This connector is used for controller testingand other purposes. Therefore, space (area (C)) for handling theconnector is required.

3.6CONTROL UNIT

3.6.1Installing the ControlUnit

Page 44: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

3. INSTALLATION B–63393EN/02

30

ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ

ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ

ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ

ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÔÔ

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ

ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ

A A

B B

C

Space for air flow, and access area for fan replacement

Single–slot rack: Approx. 65Three–slot rack: Approx. 180

Access space for spareconnector

Approx. 180

Spare connector

Unit: mmSufficient space forreplacing a printed circuitboard is required.

305038

0

50

80

Fig. 3.6.1

Page 45: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 3. INSTALLATION

31

For the cabling diagram, see the control unit configuration andcomponent names in Section 1.1.

3.7CABLING DIAGRAM

Page 46: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION B–63393EN/02

32

4 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION

Page 47: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION

33

This chapter explains the connection of power supply for Series 18i–LNAcontrol unit.

4.1GENERAL

Page 48: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION B–63393EN/02

34

Supply power (24 VDC) to the control uint from a stabilized externalsources (24 VDC).

200 V AC

Main circuitbreaker

Magneticcontractor

AC line filter

Power supplymodule

Servo amplifiermodule

3–phase 200 VAC forpower line

Single–phase200 VAC forcontrol line

CNC control unit

24 VDCinput

24 VDCoutput

External 24 VDCstabilized power

I/O units, etc.

PSM SVM

10.4″ LCDunit, etc.

Fig. 4.2.1

Specifications of a recommended external 24–VDC power supply(regulated power supply) (The requirements of the UL 1950 standardmust be satisfied.)

Output voltage: Output voltage: 24 VDC 10% (21.6 to 26.4 V)(Including ripple voltage and noise. See thefigure given below.)

Output current: Continuous load current must be the currentconsumption level of the CNC and units orhigher.(At the maximum temperature within thepower magnetics cabinet in which the powersupply is placed)

Load fluctuation (including surge current):The above output voltage range must not beexceeded by any load fluctuations due toexternal DO and so forth.

Instantaneous AC input disconnection hold time:10 ms (for –100%)20 ms (for –50%)

4.2TURNING ON ANDOFF THE POWER TOTHE CONTROL UNIT

4.2.1Power Supply for theControl Unit

4.2.2Specifications andCircuit Configurationof External 24–VDCPower Supply

Page 49: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION

35

Abruptchangein load

Instantaneousdisconnection (–100

10ms

(–50

20msAC inputvoltage

26.4V

21.6V

Output current

0A

Ripple voltage

Fig. Example of ripple voltage and noise in aswitching power supply

Noise

Noise

26.4V

21.6V

Must be with-in this range

(1) Timing chart Instantaneousdisconnection

Output voltage

Fig. 4.2.2 Timing chart

The circuit configurations shown in <1> and <2> below are prohibited.

<1> Circuit example in which the specified output voltage level cannotbe maintained at instantaneous disconnection (the output voltagedrops to below 21.6 V.)

1

input

input

Rectifier

circuit

Rectifier

circuit

Rectifier circuits perform full–wave rectification by using diodes.

Circuit configuration

Prohibition

Page 50: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION B–63393EN/02

36

<2> Circuit example in which an abrupt change in load causes the outputvoltage to exceed the output voltage specification (21.6 to 26.4 V)

1

input

input

2

Regulatedpower supply

Regulated

power supply

Device withlarge loadfluctuation

Device withlarge surge

current

In case of <2>, prepare another regulated power supply specially forthe device with abrupt change in load to prevent the change frominfluencing the CNC and other units.

The description of a unit having a 24–VDC power supply, indicatingthat the unit must be turned on at the same time as the CNC or beforethe CNC power–on operation, has been modified as follows: Turn onthe unit at the same time as the CNC. When the unit is turned on atthe same time as the CNC, it is recommended that connections bemade on the same line as shown in Fig. 4.2.2 (b).

Turning on the power at the same time:If the following power–on timing is satisfied, the CNC and units areregarded as being turned on at the same time:

power supplyON

Power supply ofunits (including thePower Mate)

t1 t2ON

ON

ON

t1: 200 ms The units (including the Power Mate) are turned on within200 ms before the power to the CNC is turned on.

t2: –500 ms The units (including the Power Mate) are turned on within500 ms after the power to the CNC is turned on.

Recommendation

Page 51: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION

37

The description of a unit having a 24–VDC power supply, indicating thatthe unit must be turned off at the same time as the CNC or after the CNCpower–on, remains unchanged. (When power is turned off at the sametime, the power to the unit may be disconnected within 500 ms before thepower to the CNC is turned off.)

Turn on the power to all the units at the same time, or in the followingsequence:

1 Power to the overall machine (200 VAC)2 Amplifier control power supply (200 VAC)3 Power to slave I/O units connected via the I/O Link, power

to the CNC (24 VDC)

“Turning on the power to all the units at the same time” means completingthe power–on operations in 1 and 2 above within 500 ms of performingpower–on of CNC control unit in 3.

The power–on sequence of a detachable LCD/MDI supporting the displaylink is undefined in the power–on sequence of the CNC control unit.

4.2.3Power–on Sequence

Page 52: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION B–63393EN/02

38

Turn off the power to all the units at the same time, or in the followingsequence:

1 Power to slave I/O units connected via the I/O Link, powerto the CNC (24 VDC)

2 Amplifier control power supply (200 VAC)3 Power to the overall machine (200 VAC)

“Turning off the power to all units at the same time” means completingthe power–off operations of CNC control unit in 2 and 3 above within 500ms before the power–off operation described in 1 above. If the power tothe units indicated in 2 or 3 is turned off other than within 500 ms of thepower in 1 being turned off, alarm information is left in the NC.

The power–on sequence of a detachable LCD/MDI supporting the displaylink is undefined in the power–on sequence of the CNC control unit.

When the power is turned off or when the power is momentarilydisconnected, motor control is disabled. Problems that may be generatedfrom the motor control disabled state should be handled from themachine, as necessary.

For example, when movement along a vertical axis is controlled, a brakeshould be applied to prevent falling. Usually, the brake clamps the motorwhen the servo is not activated or when the motor is not turning. Theclamp is released only when the motor is turning. When servo axis controlis disabled by power–off or momentary power disconnection, the brakeusually clamps the servo motor. In this case, before the relay for clampingoperates, the controlled axis may fall. So, also consider whether thedistance the axis is likely to fall will cause a problem.

4.2.4Power–off Sequence

Page 53: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION

39

Supply power to the control unit from stabilized external resource(24 VDC).

+24V (1)0V (2)

CP1

Cable

Control unit External power

0V1

3

+24V2

24VDC stabilizedpower 24VDC 10%

AMP Japan1–178288–3 (housing)1–175218–5 (Contact)

Select a source that meets the external power terminal.

Recommended cable : A02B–0124–K830 (5 m)(Crimp terminal of size M3 is available on the external power side)

External power

The 24 VDC input to CP1 can be output from CP2 for use in branching.The connection of CP2 is as shown below. In this case, the external 24VDC power supply should have a rating which is equal to the sum of thecurrent consumed by the control unit and the current used via CP2.

CP2

+24V (1)0V (2)

0V1

3

+24V2

Control unit External device

Cable

CP2AMP JAPAN2–178288–3 (Housing)1–175218–5 (Contact) External device

Select a connector thatmatches the pin layout ofthe external device.

4.3CABLE FOR POWERSUPPLY TOCONTROL UNIT

Page 54: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION B–63393EN/02

40

In a system using the Series 18i–LNA, batteries are used as follows:

Use Component connected tobattery

Memory backup in the CNC CNC

Preservation of the current position indicatedby the absolute pulse coder built into the motor

Servo amplifier

Part programs, offset data, and system parameters are stored in SRAMmemory in the control unit. The power to the SRAM memory is backedup by a lithium battery mounted on the front panel of the control unit. Theabove data is not lost even when the main battery goes dead. The backupbattery is mounted on the control unit at shipping. This battery canmaintain the contents of memory for about a year.When the voltage of the battery becomes low, alarm message “BAT”blinks on the display and the battery alarm signal is output to the PMC.When this alarm is displayed, replace the battery as soon as possible.If the voltage of the battery becomes any lower, memory can no longerbe backed up. Turning on the power to the control unit in this state causessystem alarm (SRAM parity alarm or SRAM ECC alarm) to occurbecause the contents of memory are lost. Clear the entire memory andreenter data after replacing the battery.

CAUTION1 Be sure to back up the latest data of the SRAM memory to

a memory card or Handy File to protect against a deadbattery or accident.

2 When the 18i–LNA with a setting/display unit not connectedat all times is used, display a battery alarm on the machineoperator’s panel by using the battery alarm signal BTAL.

3 The battery is secured onto the main CPU board. Whenattaching/ detaching the main CPU board with the batteryconnected, back up the latest data beforehand to protectagainst loss of data.

4 If the power to the 18i–LNA is turned off with the batteryremoved, data backup for more than 30 minutes isimpossible. If the battery is removed when the power to the18i–LNA is off, data cannot be backed up.

(1)Prepare a new lithium battery (ordering drawing number:A02B–0200–K102).

(2)Turn the control unit on for about 30 seconds.

(3)Turn the control unit off.

(4)Remove the old battery from the front panel of the control unit. Firstunplug the battery connector then take the battery out of its case.

(5) Insert a new battery and reconnect the connector.

4.4BATTERIES

4.4.1Battery for MemoryBackup (3VDC)

Replacing the battery

Page 55: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION

41

CAUTION1 Before replacing the battery, check that the latest data of the

SRAM memory is already backed up.2 Turn off the power to the machine before replacing the

battery. Only personnel trained in maintenance and safetycan replace the battery when the power to the machine ison.

3 Complete steps (3) to (5) above within 30 minutes. If thebattery is detached for a long time, the contents of theSRAM memory are lost.

Claw holding the battery

Lithium battery

Battery connector

WARNINGIncorrect battery replacement may cause an explosion. Donot use a battery other than that specified (specification:A02B–0200–K102).

Used batteries must be discarded according to appropriate localordinances or rules. When discarding batteries, insulate them by usingtape and so forth to prevent the battery terminals from short–circuiting.

Page 56: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

4. POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION B–63393EN/02

42

The battery for the absolute pulse coder built into the motor is installedin the servo amplifier. For how to connect and replace the battery, referto the following manuals:

FANUC SERVO MOTOR α series Maintenance Manual

NOTE1 Clearly specify the method of reference position return

operation beforehand to protect against a dead battery oraccident. Before replacing the battery, in particular, checkthat the method of reference position return operation isclearly specified.

2 When the 18i–LNA with a display/setting unit not connectedat all times is used, monitor error code signals (ER11 toER68), and display a battery alarm on the machineoperator ’s panel and so forth if an alarm indicating a batteryvoltage drop in the absolute pulse coder is detected.

4.4.2Battery for AbsolutePulse Coder Built intothe Motor (6 VDC)

Page 57: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

43

5 CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

Page 58: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

44

With the Series 18i–LNA, the following LCD units can be connected:

10.4″ LCD unit(with touch paneland operator’spanel I/O)

Controlunit

Connection with an LCD unit (with the touch panel and operator’s panel I/O)

24VDC, Optional cable

NOTEA display control card supporting the LCD unit is required inthe control unit.

100/200VAC

Connection with a detachable LCD/MDI

Controlunit

Branchconnector Detachable LCD/

MDI

NOTEA display control card supporting the display link is requiredin the control unit.

5.1CONNECTION WITHTHE LCD UNIT

5.1.1Overview

Page 59: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

45

COP20A COP20B

CP1A

JA60

CE56

10.4″ LCD Unit(with a touch pan-el and operator’spanel I/O)

Control unit

Optical cable

24VDC power supplyCP2

Manual pulsegenerator

Operator’spanel

5.1.2Connection with the10.4″ LCD Unit (withthe Touch Panel andOperator’s Panel I/O)

Page 60: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

46

Optical cable and power supply cable are used to make the connectionbetween the CNC control unit and 10.4″ LCD unit (with the touch paneland operator’s panel I/O) (referred to as the 10.4” LCD unit). For detailsof the optical cable, see Appendix D.

See Subsection 8.6.9.

See Section 8.6.

Shown below is the rear of the 10.4″ LCD unit (with the cover removed):

Inverter printed circuit board

LCD control or operator’s panelI/O printed circuit board

I/O signal connectionCE56

LCD signal COP20B

I/O Link (upper)JD1B

I/O Link (lower)JD1A

Connection to manual pulse generatorJA60

MDI signalinputCA55

For 24–Vbranch–outCP1B

M4 stud for protectivegrounding (PE)This must be connected toground.

24 V inputCP1A

Connection between theCNC control unit andLCD unit

Connection with themanual pulse generator

Connection with theoperator’s panel

Connector layout

Page 61: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

47

Feed power to the 10.4″ LCD unit from a CNC control unit.

CP1A

CP1AAMP Japan1–178288–3 (housing)1–175218–5 (contact)

+24V (1)0V (2)

0V1

3

+24V2

10.4″ LCD unit CNC control unit

Cable

+24V (1)0V (2)

CP2AMP Japan1–178288–3 (housing)1–175218–5 (contact)

CP2

0V1

3

+24V2

For distribution, 24 VDC applied to CP1A can be output on CP1B. CP1Bis connected as shown below. In this case, the sum of the current drawnby the LCD unit and that drawn through CP1B needs to be supplied toCP1A from the external 24 VDC power supply.

CP1B

+24V (1)0V (2)

0V1

3

+24V2

LCD unit External device

Cable

CP1BAMP Japan2–178288–3 (housing)1–175218–5 (contact)

External power supply

Select a cable thatmatches the pins of theexternal power supply.

NOTEIf the power to the LCD unit is turned off during CNC systemoperation, a disconnection alarm is issued, stopping theCNC.

Connection of a powersupply to the 10.4″ LCDunit

Page 62: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

48

The detachable LCD/MDI consists of an 8.4–inch LCD/MDI unit housedin a portable case.

Display 8.4″ TFT, 40 characters16 lines

Dimensions 445 (W)229 (H)122 (D) (excluding connection cables)

Weight 3.5 kg (excluding connection cables)

Power supply 100 to 240 VAC

Rating 0.5A (at 100 VAC)0.25A (at 200 VAC)

Interface One channel of display link or video signal/MDI signal.Switch–selectable

Keyboard Small–machining type alphabetical keys

Drawing No. A02B–0166–C291#R (excluding connection cables)

NOTE1 The indicated dimensions do not include the protrusions on

the top and side.2 This unit is not provided with cables.

CAUTION1 The operating ambient temperature is 0C to 45C. For

other environment conditions, see Subsection 3.1.1.2 The detachable LCD/MDI unit and cable joint portions are

not waterproof.Ensure that these portions are not exposed directly to anycontaminants.

3 Use the unit in a location that is not subject to noise ormagnetic fields.

4 An aluminum body is used to make the unit lighter. Note thata strong impact to the case may result in deformation.

5.1.3Connection with theDetachable LCD/MDI

Specifications

Notes on useenvironment

Page 63: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

49

The detachable LCD/MDI is connected to the 18i–LNA as shown in thediagram below. When the 10.4″ LCD unit (with a touch panel andoperator’s panel I/O function) described in the previous section isconnected, the detachable LCD/MDI unit cannot be used.

Before connection to the Power Mate i–LNA, connect cables J167 andJ169 to the detachable LCD/MDI unit.

In the cabinet, connect cable J166 to the CNC, and connect J168 to thepower supply. On the relay panel, install connectors CA66 and CPA.

18i–LNA

JD45J167

J169

CA62

M51J171

CA61

CA63

CA66

CPA

J176

J168100/200 VAC

Cabinet

Relay panel

Selection switchSW1

DetachableLCD/MDI

Display link

Connection method

(1)Set selection switch SW1 of the detachable LCD/MDI unit to B.Selection switch SW1 is labeled as follows:

(2)Attach the connector of signal cable J167 to connector CA66 on therelay panel.

(3)Attach the connector of power supply cable J169 to connector CPA onthe relay panel.

Removal method

(1)Unplug the connector of power supply cable J169 from connector CPAon the relay panel.

(2)Unplug the connector of serial signal cable J167 from connector CA66on the relay panel.

Connection to the Series18i – LNA

Page 64: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

50

NOTE1 It is recommended that the label specified by FANUC be

attached to near connector CA66 on the relay panel toindicate that selection switch SW1 is to be set to B.(Described below.)

2 Cable J171 is not connected to the relay panel. Unplug thecable from connector CA62 of the detachable LCD/MDI unitin advance, or ensure that connector M51 is not exposeddirectly to any contaminant. (In an environment subject tostrong noise, cable J171 may function as an antenna andpick up that noise).

3 Provide a cover for the relay panel so as not to directlyexpose connectors CA66 and CPA to any contaminantswhen no cable is connected to these connectors.

4 After cable connection, the operation of selection switchSW1 is permitted.

5 When performing special operation at CNC power–up suchas a memory all clear operation with the detachableLCD/MDI unit, connect the detachable LCD/MDI unit to theCNC, and then turn on the CNC.

Page 65: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

51

2 2

3

4

5

6

7

1 14

15

16

17

18

19

20

8

9

10

11

12

1316

20

15

17

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

RXD

*RXD

TXD

*TXD

11 0V

12 0V

13 RXTM1

14 RXTM2

TXTM1

TXTM2

18

19

CNC JD45(PCR-EV20MDT)

(VDR)

(HSYNC)

(VSYNC)

(VDG)

(VDG)

01

02RXD RXD

03

04

11

12

13

14

15

16

14

15

16

17

18

19

J176

(0V)

(0V)

(0V)

(0V)

(0V)

RXD

*RXD

TXD

*TXD

0V

0V

Leave unused pins and pins enclosed in parentheses () open.

CA66 on relay panel(MR–20RM)

JD45 CA66

*RXD *RXD

TXD TXD

*TXD *TXD

0V 0V

0V 0V

RXTM1

RXTM2

TXTM1

TXTM2

#28AWGTwisted pairs

#28AWG

Shield

Recommended cable: A66L–0001–0284#10P (#28AWG 10 pairs, common shield) <Hitachi Cable, Ltd., Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.>

Recommended connector for JD45: PCR–E20FS or PCR–E20FA, Housing: PCR–V20LA <Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.>

Recommended connector for CA66: MR–20RM (with no housing) <Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.>Maximum cable length: Cables J176 and J167 must not exceed 50 m in total.

NOTE1 The connector of this cable is secured on the relay panel of

the cabinet. On the relay panel, be careful not to expose theconnector pins and joint portions directly to any contaminantregardless of whether the cables of the detachableLCD/MDI unit are attached.

2 Do not change signal lines between twisted pairs.3 Be sure to connect RXTM1 (13) and RXTM2 (14), and

TXTM1 (15) and TXTM2 (16) of JD45, respectively.4 This cable cannot be directly attached and detached using

the CNC connector JD45 as the attachment of cable J167.

Details of cable J176

Page 66: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

52

1 FG

2 VDR

3 VDG

4 VDB

14

15 0V

16

17

5

6

7

8

18

19

20

21

9 22 RXD

Detachable LCD/MDI unitCA61 (DBM–25S–0001)

10 23 *RXD

11 24

12 25

13

1

8

2

15

4

11

3

16

5

12

4

17

2

9

6

19

3

10

5

18

14

15

19

16

17

18

Shield

22

23

21

8

9

20

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

8

9

10

11

12

13

1 VDR

2 HSYNC

3 VSYNC

4 VDG

5 VDB

6

7

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

RXD

*RXD

TXD

*TXD

0V

0V

CA66 on relay panel(MR–20RM)

VSYNC

HSYNC

TXD

*TXD

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

Leave unused pins open.

RXD RXD

CA66 CA61

*RXD *RXD

TXD TXD

*TXD *TXD

0V 0V

0V 0V

VDR

0V

VDG

0V

VDB

0V

HSYNC

0V

VSYNC

0V

VDR

0V

VDG

0V

VDB

0V

HSYNC

0V

VSYNC

0V

FG1

#25AWGShieldedtwisted pair

#28AWG

75coaxial cable

J167

Recommended cable: A66L–001–0450 (#25AWG shielded twisted pair2, 75 coaxial cable5, common shield)Standard outside diameter 11.4 mm (12 mm max.) <Hitachi Cable, Ltd.>

Recommended connector for CA66: MR–20LF (with housing) <Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.>

Recommended connector for CA61: D–SUB 25–pin (DBM–25P) <Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.>A housing that matches the outside diameter of the cable being used is required. The DB–C4–J11–S2 is recommended. <Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.>

Maximum cable length: Cables J166 and J167 must not exceed 50 m in total.

Details of cable J167

Page 67: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

53

NOTE1 The connector of this cable is connected to the relay panel of the cabinet. Ensure that the joint

portion between the connector and relay panel is not exposed directly to any contaminants.2 Connector CA61 of the detachable LCD/MDI unit is not waterproof. Ensure that the connector

is not exposed directly to any contaminants.3 Do not change signal lines between twisted pairs, and do not change coaxial cable signals and

0–V lines between pairs, either.

1) For 100 VAC

100 VAC0.5 A50/60 Hz, singlephase

Relay terminal for 100 VACCPAContact grounding type withdouble poles15A, 125V

100A

100B

G

100A

100B

G

R

S

G

R

S

G G

J168

2) For 200 VAC

200A

200B

G

200A

200B

G

R

S

G

R

S

G G

J168200 VAC power supply 0.25 A50/60 Hz, single phase

Relay terminal for 200 VACCPAContact grounding type withdouble poles15A, 250V

NOTE1 The connector of this cable is connected to the relay panel of the cabinet. Ensure that the joint

portion between the connector and relay panel is not exposed directly to any contaminant.2 The relay connector of this cable is not necessarily located on the same relay panel as CA66.3 Use class D or higher grounding.

Details of cable J168

Page 68: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

54

1) For 100 VAC

100BR

G

100AS

GG

S100BR

G

100AS

GG

S

CPA on relay panel(Contact grounding type withdouble poles, 15 A, 125 V)

Detachable LCD/MDI unit CA63 (JL04V–2E10SL–3PE–B)

J169

100A

100B

G

100A

100B

G

R

S

G

2) For 200 VAC

Detachable LCD/MDI unit CA63 (JL04V–2E10SL–3PE–B)

200B

R

G

200AS

GG

S200B

R

G

200AS

GGS

200A

200B

G

200A

200B

G

R

S

G

R

S

G

CPA on relay panel

(Contact grounding type,

double–pole, 15 A, 250 V)

J169

Recommended cable: A66L–0001–0411 #3X0.5 (#25AWG3)

Recommended connector for CPA:Attachment plug grounding type, double–pole, 15 A, 125 V <WF7004, manufactured by Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.> (for 100 VAC)Attachment plug grounding type, double–pole, 15 A, 250 V <WF7013, manufactured by Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.> (for 200 VAC)

Recommended connector for CA63:JL04V–6A10SL–3SE–EB, straight plug <Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.>JL04V–1012CK(06), cable clamp <Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.>

NOTE1 The connector of this cable is connected to the relay panel of the cabinet. Ensure that the joint

portion between the connector and relay panel is not exposed directly to any contaminant.2 Connector CA63 of the detachable LCD/MDI unit is not waterproof. Ensure that the connector

is not exposed directly to any contaminant.

Details of cable J169

Page 69: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

55

*SW1

04 03 02 01

*CM3 *CM2

10 09 08 07 06 05

16 15 14 13 12 11

20 19 18 17

1

2 *CM0

3 *CM1

4 *SW6

5 *SW4

6 *SW2

7 *SW0

8 *CM2

9 *CM3

10 *SW7

11 *SW5

12 *SW3

13 *SW1

14

15 *CM5

16

17 *CM7

18 *CM4

19 *CM8

20

M51 CA62

6

8

13

17

1

3

11

16

20

7

12

14

182

4

15

19

7

65

4

2

8

18

16

19

1312

11

10

39

15

17

*SW0

Shield

M51 on relay panel(MR–20RF)

CA62 on detachable LCD/MDI unit

*CM6*CM1 *CM0

*SW2 *SW1 *SW0 FG

*SW5 *SW4 *SW3 *CM4*CM6 *CM5

*CM8 *CM7 *SW7 *SW6

*SW2

*SW4

*SW6

*CM0

*CM2

*CM4

*CM6

*CM8*SW1

*SW3

*SW5

*SW7

*CM1

*CM3

*CM5

*CM7

*SW0

*SW2

*SW4

*SW6

*CM0

*CM2

*CM4

*CM6

*CM8

*SW3

*SW5

*SW7

*CM1

*CM3

*CM5

*CM7

FG5

Leave unused pins open.

Recommended cable: A66L–0001–0284#10P (#28 AWG10 pairs, common shield) <Hitachi Cable, Ltd., Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.>

Recommended connector for M51: MR–20LF (with housing) <Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.>

Recommended connector for CA62: HR22–12TPD–20S (housing and contact) <Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.>Drawing number to be specified when this connector is purchased from FANUC A02B–0211–K382

Details of cable J171

Page 70: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

56

NOTE1 The connector of this cable is connected to the relay panel

of the cabinet. Ensure that the joint portion between theconnector and relay panel is not exposed directly to anycontaminant.

2 Connector CA62 of the detachable LCD/MDI unit is notwaterproof. Ensure that the connector is not exposeddirectly to any contaminant.

3 In a system using the LCD unit described in the previoussection, this cable is required only when the MDI part isbeing used for maintenance.

1) A lower ambient temperature reduces the LCD brightness. (Inparticular, immediately after the power is turned on, the LCD screenwill be dark.) This is a characteristic of the LCD; it does not indicatea failure of the LCD. As the ambient temperature increases, the LCDscreen becomes brighter.

2) The cables of the detachable LCD/MDI unit are consumables.

The following cables are available from FANUC:

Cable No. Drawing No. Cablelength

Supplementarydescription

J167 A02B–0166–K901 1.5 mSerial/video signal cable of

A02B–0166–K902 5 m

Serial/video signal cable ofdetachable LCD/MDI

J169 A02B–0166–K905 1.5 m Detachable LCD/MDI

A02B–0166–K906 5 mpower supply cable forconnection to 200 VAC

J171 A02B–0166–K903 1.5 mMDI signal cable of

A02B–0166–K904 5 m

MDI signal cable ofdetachable LCD/MDI

1) A02B–0166–K905, K906Connector CPA is a 3–pin connector for 200 VAC. By attachingattachment A or B, listed below, to this cable, this cable can be attachedto a 3–pin connector for 100 VAC.

Attachment Drawing No. Length Supplementary description

Attachment A A02B–0166–K910 0.1 m

Attachment B A02B–0166–K911 1 m For 100–VAC connection

Supplementary

Cable list

Page 71: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

57

DetachableLCD/MDI unit

Cable J169 Attachment A Attachment B

200 VACAttachment pluggrounding typeDouble poles,

15A, 250 V

100 VACAttachment pluggrounding typeDouble poles,

5A, 150 V

AMP Japan,3 pins

(200 VAC)

NOTEThe connector of the attachment is not waterproof. Ensurethat the connector is not directly exposed to anycontaminant. (Be careful not to allow attachment A or eitherend to touch the floor.)

When a relay panel is installed to connect the 18i–LNA and thisdetachable LCD/MDI, it is recommended that the following label beaffixed to the detachable LCD/MDI. This label indicates that switch SW1on the detachable LCD/MDI is to be set to B.

A02B–0166–K031(Label shown to the left50)

Label

Page 72: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

58

An input/output device is used to enter information such as CNCprograms and parameters from an external device to the CNC, or to outputinformation from the CNC to an external device.

The interface of the input/output devices electrically conforms toRS–232–C, so that a connection can be made with a device that has anRS–232–C interface.

ER

+24V

14

1615

17

1918

20

2221

23

2524

SDFG

RD

CSRS

DRSGCD

1

32

4

65

7

98

10

1211

13

0VSD

ER

RS0V

0V

+24V

11

1312

14

1615

1817

1920

0VRD

DR

CS0V

0VCD0V

+24V

1

32

4

65

87

910

CNC

JD5A, JD5BPCR–V20MD

RELAY CONNECTOR(DBM–25S)

NOTE1 +24 V can be used as the power supply for FANUC

RS–232–C equipment.2 Do not connect anything to those pins for which signal

names are not indicated.

5.2CONNECTION WITHINPUT/OUTPUTDEVICES

5.2.1Overview

5.2.2RS–232–C Serial Port

Page 73: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

59

1234567891011121314151617181920

3

6

5

8

2

20

47

251

RD

DR

CS

CD

SD

ER

RSSG

+24V

RD0VDR0VCS0VCD0V

+24VSD0VER0VRS0V

+24VFG

RECOMMENDED CABLE SPECIFICATIONA66L–0001–0284#10P (#28AWG10 pairs)RECOMMENDED CABLE–SIDE CONNECTORS (JD5A, JD5B)PCR–E20FA (Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.)FI30–20S (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)FCN–247J020–G/E (Fujitsu, Ltd.)52622–2011 (Molex Japan Co., Ltd.)

RECOMMENDED CABLE SPECIFICATION (PUNCH PANEL) forJD5A and JD5B<Narrow width type>A02B–0120–C191 (1 m)A02B–0120–C192 (2 m)A02B–0120–C193 (5 m)

CABLE CONNECTION

SHIELD

NOTEDo not connect anything to those pins for which signalnames are not indicated.

Page 74: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

60

Generally signals as follows are used in RS–232–C interface.

CNC

SD (Send data)

RD (Recieve data)

RS (Request to Send)

CS (Enable to send)

ER (Ready)

DR (Data set ready)

CD (Check data)

SG (Signal ground)

FG (Frame ground)

When CS is not usedshort CS and RS.

When DR is not used short DR and ER.

Always short ER and CD.

Output

Input

Fig. 5.2.3 (a) RS–232–C interface

5.2.3RS–232–C InterfaceSpecification

RS–232–C Interfacesignals

Page 75: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

61

Signalname

RS–232Ccircuit number

I/O Description

SD 103 Output Sending data Start bit Stop bit

RD 104 Input Receiving

data

ONOFF

4

(When ISO code “0” is sent)

1 2 3 85 6 7

RS 105 Input Sending request

This signal is set to on when NC startssending data and is turned off whentransmission ends.

CS 106 Input Sending permitted

When both this signal and the DRsignal are set, the NC can send data. Ifexternal device processing is delayedby a punching operation, etc., NC datasending can be stopped by turning offthis signal after sending twocharacters, including the data beingsent currently. If this signal will not beused, make sure to strap this signalcircuit to the RS signal circuit.

DR 107 Input Data set ready

When external device is ready tooperate, this signal is set. This signalshould usually be connected to thesignal indicating external device powersupply being on. (ER signal of externaldevice). See Note below.The NC transfers data when this signalis set. If the signals turned off duringdata transfer, alarm 086 is issued. If theDR signal will not be used, make sureto strap this signal circuit to the ERsignal circuit.

ER 108.2 Output NC readyto operation

This signal is set when the NC is readyto operate. External device shouldregard the SD signal as beingsignificant when the ER signal is set.

CD 109 Input Signal qualitysignal

Since this signal is not used inconnections with external device, thesignal circuit must be strapped, insidethe connecting cable, to the ER signalcircuit.

SG 102 Signal grounding

FG 101 Frame grounding

Signal Condition Marking Spacing

OFF ON

NOTESignal on/off state is defined as follows;

–3V or lower +3V or higher

Function

Signal description of RS–232–C interface

Page 76: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

62

Generally, two transmission methods are available at the serial interface.Series 18i–LNA use the start–stop method. With this method, start andstop signals are output before and after each data bit.

One character in start–stop

b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8

Start bit

Data bit (8 bit including one parity bit)

Stop bits(2 bits)

Transmission codes are as follows:

(i) EIA code and Control codes DC1 to DC4.

(ii)ISO code and Control codes DC1 to DC4 (Optional ISO code input isnecessary.)

The connected external device must be able to recognize the followingcontrol codes, sent from NC.

Control code 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

DC1 Tape reader start

DC2 Tape punch designation

DC3 Tape reader stop

DC4 Tape punch release

NOTEThe listed control codes are used for both EIA and ISO.

In this interface, control codes DC1 to DC4 are used.

(a) NC can control external device by issuing codes DC1 to DC4.

(b)When external processing falls behind the pace of the NC signals(When NC issues data)

(i) External device can temporarily stop NC data output by using theNC’s CS signal. Data output stops within two characters includinga currently transmitting character when CS OFF signal is input toNC. When CS signal is turned on again, data transmission start.

(ii)If control code DC3 is input to NC, NC stops data output within tencharacters. When control code DC1 is input to NC, NC startssending data again.

(c) When the external device is equipped with an ISO/EIA converter, theexternal device must satisfy the specification shown in Table 5.2.3 (a).

Transmission Method ofRS–232–C interface

Start–stop

Codes

Page 77: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

63

Table 5.2.3ISO code EIA code

Character 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Character 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1Meaning

0 0 Numeral 0

1 1 Numeral 1

2 2 Numeral 2

3 3 Numeral 3

4 4 Numeral 4

5 5 Numeral 5

6 6 Numeral 6

7 7 Numeral 7

8 8 Numeral 8

9 9 Numeral 9

A a Address A

B b ? Address B

C c Address C

D d ? Address D

E e ? Address E

F f Address F

G g Address G

H h Address H

I i Address I

J j ? Address J

K k Address K

L l ? Address L

M m Address M

N n Address N

O o

Not used at significant data zone in ISOcode.Assumed as address 0 at EIA code.

P p Address P

Q q Address Q

R r Address R

S s Address S

T t Address T

U u Address U

V v ? Address V

W w Address W

X x Address X

Y y ? Address Y

Z z Address Z

DEL Del Delete (cancel erroneous hole)

NUL Blank No holes. Not used at significant datazone is EIA code.

BS BS Back space

HT Tab Tabulator

LF or NL CR or EOB End of block

CR Carriage return

SP SP Space

% ER Absolute rewind stop

( ( 2–4–5 ) Control out (start of comment)

) ( 2–4–7 ) Control in (end of comment)

+ + Plus sign

– – Minus sign

: Assumed as program number in ISO code.

/ / Optional block skip

. . Decimal point

# Sharp

$ Dollar symbol

& & Ampersand

’ Apostrophe

Asterisk

, , Comma

; Semicolon

< Left angle bracket

= Equal mark

> Right angle bracket

? Question mark

@ Commerical at mark

” Quotation mark

Page 78: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

64

NOTE1 When the external device is equipped with an ISO/EIA

converter, the following items must be noted in Table 5.3.4(a).

ISO code (.......................)

EIA code (.......................)

Control out (Comment field start)

CR

LF

Control in (Comment field end)

Condition1 Condition1

Condition1

Left parenthesis “(”of the ISO code punches holes at bits 2, 4 and 5 when used in the EIA code.Right parenthesis “)”of the ISO code punches holes at bits 2, 4 and 7 when used in the EIA code.

Condition2

EIA code is in ISO code.

Condition3

EIA code O is : in ISO code.

Condition2 Condition3

CR LF

o ....................

: ....................

2 Control codes DC1 to DC4 are transmission codes outputfrom the NC. So they need not to be punched on the NCtape.

(iii) Transmission rate (Baud rate)The transmission rate (Baud rate) is the number of bits transferred persecond.The following baud rates are available depending on the systemparameter.

50, 100, 110, 150, 200, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600.

(Example)Baud rate : 110

When using one start bit and two stop bits (totalling 11 bitsper character):

Transmission characters/second= 110

11=10 characters/second

(Max.)

(iv) Cable lengthThe cable length depends on the connected device type. Consult withthe device manufacturers for actual connecting cable lengths.

Page 79: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

65

(1)NC outputs DC1.

(2)The external device starts sending data upon receiving DC1.

(3)NC sends DC3 when NC processing is delayed.

(4)The external device stops sending data to NC after receiving DC3.The device may send up to 10 characters after receiving DC3. If itsends more than 10 characters, alarm 087 will occur.

(5)NC reissues DC1 upon completing delayed processing.

(6)The external device restarts data output upon receiving the DC1 code(the data must be the next data to the preceding.)

(7)NC sends DC3 upon completing data read.

(8)The external device stops sending data.

10ms or longer 100ms or longer

DC3

ER code

DC1 CD3 DC1

1ms or longer

Up to 10 characters

ER(Output)

RS(Output)

SD(Output)

RD(Input)

DR(Input)

CS(Input)

Time chart when the NCreceives data (Read into memory)

Page 80: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

66

(1)NC output DC2.

(2)NC outputs punch data in succession.

(3)When data processing is delayed at the external device.

(a) Data output stops within two characters including a currentlytransmitting character when CS signal is turned off.When CS signal is turned on again, data transmission starts. (See Fig.5.2.3 (b))

(b) If control code DC3 is input to NC, NC stops data output within tencharacters. When control code DC1 is input to NC, NC starts sendingdata again. (See Fig. 5.2.3 (c))

(4)The NC starts sending the next data if the CS signal is turned on afterthe external device completes data processing.

(5)The NC issues DC4 upon completing data output.

10ms or longer 100ms or longer

DC4DC2

1ms or longer Within 2 characters

ER(Output)

RS(Output)

SD(Output)

RD(Input)

CS(Input)

Fig. 5.2.3 (b)

1ms or longer

10ms or longer 100ms or longer

DC4DC2

ER(Output)

RS(Output)

SD(Output)

Within 10 characters

RD(Input)

DR(Input)

CS(Input)

DC1DC3

Fig. 5.2.3 (c)

Time chart when the NCsend data (Punch out)

Page 81: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS

67

CNC I/O device sideSD

RD

RS

CS

ER

DR

CD

SG

FG

SD

RD

RS

CS

ER

DR

CD

SG

FG

Connection betweenRS–232–C interface andexternal device

Page 82: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

5. CONNECTION TO CNC PERIPHERALS B–63393EN/02

68

When the ER and DR signals are not used for handshaking, connectthe cable as shown below.

CNC I/O device sideSD

RD

RS

CS

ER

DR

CD

SG

FG

SD

RD

RS

CS

ER

DR

CD

SG

FG

Prepare the cable with I/O device as follows :

DR

Serial interface

Cable : twist 10 pairs 0.18mm2, with shield

SD

RD

RSCS

SG

ER

Page 83: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 6. SPINDLE CONNECTION

69

6 SPINDLE CONNECTION

The figure below shows the spindle–related connections.

JA41

JA41

Main CPUboard

Sub–CPUboard

JA7B

JA7A

SPM

TB2

SPM

TB2

SPM

TB2

SPM

TB2

JA7B

JA7A

JA7B

JA7A

JA7B

JA7A

Positioncoder

Positioncoder

Positioncoder

Positioncoder

Spindlemotor

Spindlemotor

Spindlemotor

Spindlemotor

The above shows an example of the maximum configuration. Anynumber of spindle motors can be used within the range of the aboveconfiguration. For example, a system using only the main CPU boardmay use just one spindle, or a system with the main CPU and sub–CPUboards may use one spindle for each board.

NOTEFor connection between a spindle amplifier and spindlemotor and connection between a spindle amplifier anddetector, refer to the relevant manual for the SPINDLEMOTOR α series.

Page 84: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

6. SPINDLE CONNECTION B–63393EN/02

70

11

1312

14

1615

1817

1920

14SOUT

11

1312

1615

1817

1920

*SIN

JA7B(PCR–E20MDT)

0V

0V

0V

SIN

*SOUT

1

32

4

65

87

910

CNC

JA41 (main board,sub–CPU board)PCR–E20MDK–SL–A(PCR–EV20MDT)

SPM (Spindle amplifier module)

0V0V

0V

0V0V

0V

*SINSIN

*SOUT

1

32

4

65

87

910

SOUT

(+5V)(+5V)

(+5V)(+5V)

(+5V)

(+5V)

CAUTIONThe +5V pin is used for optical link transmission using anoptical I/O link adapter. When a metallic cable such as thiscable is used for connection, make no connection to the +5Vpins. If a connection is made to the +5V pins by mistake, ashort–circuit can occur between the +5V pins of the CNCand spindle module, and can damage the unit.

NOTE1 The second serial spindle is connected as a branch from the

spindle amplifier module.2 Leave open the pins for which no signal name is indicated.

6.1SERIAL SPINDLE

6.1.1Connection of One toTwo Serial Spindles

Page 85: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 6. SPINDLE CONNECTION

71

1 3

4

12,14,16

1

Connector JA7B

SIN

*SIN

SOUT

*SOUT

0V

Connector JA41

SOUT

*SOUT

SIN

*SIN

0V

Cable connection

CNCSpindleamplifiermodule

3

4

2

12,14,16

2

Ground plate Ground plate

Recommended cable connector:PCR–E20FA (manufactured by Honda Tsushin Kogyo)FI30–20S (manufactured by Hirose Electric)FCN–247J020–G/E (manufactured by Fujitsu)52622–2011 (manufactured by Molex Japan)

Recommended wire specification: A66L–0001–0284#10P (#28AWG × 10 pairs)

NOTEIn any of the following cases, make a connection via anoptical fiber cable by using an optical I/O link adapter: When the cable is 20 m or longer When the cable is subject to significant noise. For

example, when there is a strong electromagnetic noisesource such as a welding machine near the cable, orwhen the cable runs in parallel with a power line or powermagnetics cable that can generate noise.

When an optical I/O link adapter is used, see Subsection8.2.2.

Page 86: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

7. SERVO INTERFACE B–63393EN/02

72

7 SERVO INTERFACE

Page 87: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 7. SERVO INTERFACE

73

This chapter describes how to connect the servo units to the control unit.For details of the connection of the Servo amplifier α Series Descriptions(B–65162E), refer to the relevant manual.

COP10A

COP10B

COP10A

COP10B

COP10A

COP10B

COP10A

COP10B

COP10A

Control unit

Servo amplifier modules

Optical fiber cable

Main: Maximum 6 axesSub: Maximum 4 axes

The connection between the CNC control unit and the servo amplifiersshould use only one optical fiber cable, regardless of the number ofcontrolled axes. See APPENDIX D for details on the optical fiber cable.

In the control unit, the COP10A connector is placed on the servo cardinstalled on the main CPU board. When a sub–CPU board is used,COP10A is placed on the servo card installed on the sub–CPU board aswell.

7.1SERVO INTERFACE

7.1.1General

7.1.2Interface to the ServoAmplifiers

Page 88: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

7. SERVO INTERFACE B–63393EN/02

74

So, to connect the servo check board or interface board for automaticadjustment with the control unit, a servo check adapter and special cableare required. (The ordering information for the servo check adapter andcable is A02B–0236–K822.)

Examples of connection

When the servo check board is used

Connect TEST0–3 with CN2 of the servo check board via the flat cable.

CA54

CNC

CN0

TESTn

CN2

Servo check adapter Servo check board

When the interface board for automatic adjustment is used

A) Connect TEST0–3 with CIN1/2 of the interface board for automaticadjustment via a flat cable.

CA54

CNC

CN0

TESTn

CIN1

Interface board for automatic adjustment

CIN2

Servo check adapter

B) Connect TESTA/B with CIN3 of the interface board for automaticadjustment via a straight cable (such as A660–2042–T007#*****).

CA54

CNC

CN0

TESTx

CIN3

Interface board for automatic adjustment

Servo check adapter

NOTEIn any case, use the special cable (A660–2042–T154) toconnect CN0 with CA54 on the mother board of the CNC.

7.1.3Connecting the ServoCheck Adapter

Page 89: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 7. SERVO INTERFACE

75

Axis signal output

TEST0 1/2

TEST1 3/4

TEST2 5/6

TEST3 7/8

TESTA 1/2/3/4

TESTB 5/6/7/8

Connector ConnectorControlled axisnumber(*1)

Controlled axisnumber(*1)

(*1) The correspondence between the controlled axis numbers and servoaxis numbers depends on the setting of parameter No. 1023.

Connector locations

TESTATESTB

TEST3

TEST2 TEST0

CN0

TEST1

Servo check adapter for the Series 18i–LNAA20B–1007–0240

NC side

Axis 5/6

Axis 7/8

Axes 5 to 8

Axis 1/2

Axis 3/4

Axes 1 to 4

Pin diagram

1

2

GND

CLKX0

3

4

GND

FSX0

5

6

DX2

DX0

7

8

CLKX2

FSX2

CN0

9

10

CLKX3

FSX3

11

12

GND

CLKX1

13

14

GND

FSX1

15

16

DX3

DX1

17

18

–15V

+5V

19

20

+15V

+5V

A1

A2

+5V

CLKXn

A3

A4

FSXn

DXn

A5

A6

A7

A8

TEST0–3

GND

GND

GND

GND

+5V

+15V

–15V

GND

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

1

2

GND

CLKX0/2

3

4

GND

FSX0/2

5

6

GND

DX0/2

7

8

TESTA/TESTB

9

10

11

12

GND

CLKX1/3

13

14

GND

FSX1/3

15

16

GND

DX1/3

17

18

–15V

+5V

19

20

+15V

+5V

Page 90: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

76

8 CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

Page 91: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

77

The FANUC I/O Link is a serial interface which connects the CNC, andI/O devices and transfers I/O signals (bit data) at high speeds betweeneach device. The FANUC I/O Link regards one device as the master andother devices as slaves when more than one device is connected. Inputsignals from the slaves are sent to the master at specified intervals. Outputsignals from the master are also sent to the slaves at specified intervals.

8.1GENERAL

Page 92: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

78

Interface connector JD1A for I/O Link is provided on the main CPUboard.In the I/O there are the master station and its slave stations. The masteris the control unit of the CNC, and the slave is the other I/O devices. Theslaves are divided into groups, and up to 16 groups can be connected toone I/O Link.The I/O Link is connected in different ways depending on the types ofunits actually used and the I/O points. To connect the I/O Link, theassignment and addresses of the I/O signals have been madeprogrammable with the PMC program. The maximum number of I/Opoints is 1024.The two connectors of the I/O Link are named JD1A and JD1B, and arecommon to all units (that have I/O Link function). A cable is alwaysconnected from JD1A of a unit to JD1B of the next unit. Although JD1Aof the last unit is not used and left open, it need not be connected with aterminator.The pin assignments of connectors JD1A and JD1B are common to allunits on the I/O Link, and are illustrated on Subsec. 8.2.1. Use the figureswhen connecting the I/O Link irrespective of the type of unit.

……

Main CPUboardJD1A

I/O256/256 or less per group

I/O1024/1024 or less in total I/O LinkFANUC I/O Link

FANUC I/O Unit– MODEL A2max

I/O device

Control unit

Magneticcircuit

Max. 16 group

JD1B

JD1A

JD1B

JD1A

JD1B

JD1A

Fig. 8.2 I/O Link connection diagram

8.2CONNECTION

Page 93: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

79

SIN1

3

SIN2

SOUT4

6

SOUT5

87

910

0V11

13

0V12

0V14

16

0V15

1817

1920

JD1A(PCR–E20MDK–SL–A)

JD1B(PCR–E20LMD)

JD1B

JD1A(PCR–E20LMD)

Next slaveunit

SIN1

3

SIN2

SOUT4

6

SOUT5

87

910

0V11

13

0V12

0V14

16

0V15

1817

1920

Control unit or preceding slave unit I/O unit MODEL A

(+5V)(+5V)

(+5V)(+5V)

(+5V)

(+5V)

Leave open the pins for which no signal name is indicated.The +5V pin is used for optical cable transmission using an optical I/Olink adapter.

CAUTIONWhen an optical I/O link adapter is not used, make noconnection to the +5V pins. If a connection is made to the+5V pins, a short–circuit can occur between the +5V pins,and can damage the unit.

Shield

SOUTSOUTSINSIN0V0V0V0V

SINSINSOUT

SOUT0V0V0V0V

123411121314

3412

11121314

Cable wirinr

Recommended wire materialA66L–0001–0284#10P(#28AWG10pair)

8.2.1Connection of FANUCI/O Link by ElectricCable

Page 94: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

80

NOTECross cable connections are made between the pins (1, 2)and the pins (3, 4).

Recommended cable connectorsPCR–E20FA (Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.)FI30–20S (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)FCN–247J020–G/E (Fujitsu Ltd.)52622–2011 (Molex Japan Co., Ltd.)

The FANUC I/O Link can be extended to the maximum length of 200 mwith optical fiber cables using an optical I/O link adapter.

NOTEIn the following cases, use an optical cable. When the cable is more than 10 meters long. When the cable runs between different cabinets and it is

impossible to connect the cabinets with a grounding wireof 5.5 mm2 or thicker.

When there is concern that the cable is influenced bystrong noise; for example :When there is a strong electromagnetic noise sourcebeside the cable such as a welding machine.When a noise generating cable such as a power cableruns for a long distance in parallel with the cable.

Optical connectorCOP1

connector JD1 forunit connecting

66.0

40.0

FANUC

4–M3

45.0

18.07.

0

Main body : Approx. 100 g.

8.2.2Connection of FANUCI/O Link Optical Cable

External dimension ofoptical I/O Link adapter

Weight of optical I/O Linkadapter

Page 95: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

81

Unit

Connectingcable betweenunit

JD1A

Optical I/Olink adapter

Opticalcable

Unit

JD1B

COP1

JD1

COP1

JD1

Connectingcable betweenunitOptical I/O

link adapter

*SIN01

03

SIN02

SOUT04

06

*SOUT05

0807

09 +5V10

0V11

13

0V12

0V14

16

0V15

1817

+5V

+5V

1920

0V0V

SIN(01)*SIN(02)

SOUT(03)*SOUT(04)

+5V(09)+5V(18)+5V(20)

0V(11)0V(12)0V(13)0V(14)0V(15)0V(16)

(03)SOUT(04)*SOUT(01)SIN(02)*SIN(09)+5V(18)+5V(20)+5V(11)0V(12)0V(13)0V(14)0V(15)0V(16)0V

Unit sideJD1A,JD1B

Adapter sideJD1

Recommended connector for cable side :PCR–E20FA (made by HONDA TSUSIN KOGYO CO., LTD.)FI30–20S (made by HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD.)FCN–247J020–G/E (made by FUJITSU CO., LTD.)52622–2011 (made by MOLEX)

Recommended wire material : A66L–0001–0284#10P (#28AWG 10 pair)

Cable length : Max. 2 m (when the recommended wire material isused)

NOTECross the cables for pins 1 and 2 as well as those for pins3 and 4.

Cables are available in various lengths. For the cables for external lines, also see Appendix D.

Cable length: Max. 200 m

Power voltage : 4.75V to 5.25V (at the receiving end)

Consumption current : 200mA

Connection

Connection diagram

Interunit connectingcables

Optical cable

Power source

Page 96: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

82

The optical I/O Link adapter enclosure is not fully sealed ; install itwith the 18i–LNA control unit in the fully enclosed cabinet.

Ground the case using the case fixing screw of the optical I/O Linkadapter.

The optical I/O Link adapter is light, and it may not be necessary tomount it with screws. However, keep it from coming in contact withother circuits to prevent possible short–circuits. When mounting theoptical I/O Link adapter in a cabinet, attach it with an L–type fittingusing the case fixing screws (M3) of the optical I/O Link adapter.

L fitting

For making up an I/O Link using the optical I/O link adapter, thefollowing parts are necessary:

Optical I/O Link adapter 2

Interunit connecting cable 2

Optical cable 1

Installation conditions

Required parts

Page 97: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

83

The I/O units that can be connected to the Series 18i–LNA are listedbelow.

Units that can be connected to the Series 18i–LNA

Unit Description Reference

Connector panelI/O module

Distribution type I/O unit that handlesthe input/output signals required by thepower magnetics circuit; A connectorpanel for installing this connector panelI/O module is provided for the Series18i–LNA by FANUC.

Sec. 8.5

10.4″ LCD unit (with touch paneland operator’s panelI/O)

An I/O interface for connecting theoperator’s panel and a manual pulsegenerator interface are located on therear of the LCD unit.

Sec. 8.6

Operator’s panelI/O module

Used for connecting a manual pulsegenerator.

Sec. 8.7

I/O link–AS–iconverter

A converter for converting the I/O Linkto the AS–i interface

Sec.8.8

FUNUC I/O Unit –MODEL A

A modular I/O unit that can flexiblyhandle the input/output signals requiredby the power magnetics circuit.

Connection andMaintenanceManual(B–61813E)

8.3UNITS THAT CAN BECONNECTED USINGFANUC I/O Link

Page 98: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

84

In a system using the Series 18i–LNA, I/O connection is allowed in thefollowing three configurations:

1) For the PMCFor connection to the power magnetics cabinet and operator’s panel,I/O units manufactured by FANUC are used. Sequence control for themachine is performed through a PMC ladder. The machine toolbuilder is to create the PMC ladder.

2) For the PLC: Using the 10.4″ LCD unit (with touch panel andoperator’s panel I/O)For connection to the power magnetics cabinet, a PLC is used. Forconnection to the operator’s panel, an I/O unit manufactured byFANUC is used.Sequence control for the machine is performed through the PLC. Thesignals of the operator’s panel connected to the I/O unit are transferredto and from the PLC, and so they can be processed on the PLC.

3) For the PLC: Using a general display unitConnection to the power magnetics cabinet and operator’s panel, andsequence control of the machine are performed through the PLC. Thisconfiguration is the same as the ordinary configuration of the Series18–LNB.For connection to a manual pulse generator, an operator’s panel I/Omodule is used. This module is not used for other purposes.

1) For the PMC

Power magnetics box

1–slot control unit

Connector panel (connector panel I/O module)

Operation box

Power mangetics cabinet Operator’s panel

I/O Link I/O Link

Manual pulse generator

MainCPUboard

10.4″ LCD unit (withtouch panel and

operator’s panel I/O)

The operator’s panel I/O circuit connected to the operator’s panel andmanual pulse generator is located on the rear of the 10.4″ LCD unit.

If all I/O signals cannot be connected to five connector panels, anadditional connector panel can be used.

The signals directly used (output) by the CNC, such as the emergencystop and skip input signals and servo ready output signal are connectedto the connector panel.

8.4I/O CONNECTION OFTHE Series 18i–LNA

Page 99: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

85

Instead of the connector panel, the FANUC I/O Unit–MODEL A canbe used.

I/O link assignment must be performed with a PMC ladder created bythe machine tool builder. The assignment must be performed asfollows:

When using a connector panel

X0

X6X7

X22X23

X38X39

X54X55

X63

X64

X79X80

X95X96

X111X112

X127

Input: X

Connector panel 116 bytes· Required

Connector panel 216 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 316 bytes· Additional

Reserved

Connector panel 416 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 516 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 616 bytes· Additional

10.4″ LCD unit (with a touch panel andoperator’s panel I/O)16 bytes· Required

Reserved

Page 100: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

86

Y0

Y6Y7

Y14

Y31

Y63

Y64

Y67

Y15

Y22Y23

Y30

Y68

Y75Y76

Y83Y84

Y91Y92

Y127

Reserved

Reserved

10.4″ LCD unit (with a touchpanel and operator’s panel I/O)4 bytes· Required

Connector panel 48 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 58 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 68 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 18 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 28 bytes· Additional

Connector panel 38 bytes· Additional

Output: Y

Reserved

NOTEAlways use connector panel 1. If the I/O points on the connector panel are not enough,connector panels 2 to 6 can be added.

NOTEThe 16th input byte of each module contains DO alarm detection signals. DO alarm detectionsignals X22, X38, and X79 are monitored by the CNC. When these signals detect a DO alarm,the CNC issues an alarm. Since the other signals X54, X95, X111, and X127 are not handledby the CNC, the machine tool builder should create a PMC ladder to monitor these signals andindicate an alarm if these signals detect a DO alarm.

Page 101: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

87

NOTEWhen using the FANUC I/O Link–AS–i converter, allocate input X96 to X127 (32 bytes) andoutput Y96 to Y127 (32 bytes) to the converter.

When using the FANUC I/O Unit–MODEL A

Input: X

0

6364

79

127

I/O Unit–MODEL A(Can be allocated freely.)

Y0

Y63Y64

Y67

Y127

Y68

80

10.4″ LCD unit (with a touch paneland operator’s panel I/O)16 bytes· Required

10.4″ LCD unit (with a touch paneland operator’s panel I/O)4 bytes· Required

Output: Y

I/O Unit–MODEL A(Can be allocated freely.)

I/O Unit–MODEL A(Can be allocated freely.)

I/O Unit–MODEL A(Can be allocated freely.)

NOTEWhen using the FANUC I/O Unit–MODEL A, set bits 0 to 2 of CNC parameter No. 17901 to 1.

Page 102: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

88

NOTEWhen using the FANUC I/O Link–AS–i converter, allocate input X96 to X127 (32 bytes) andoutput Y96 to Y127 (32 bytes) to the converter.

The signals directly used by the CNC are assigned as shown below.

Input signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

X7Skip signal

Parameterwrite

protection

Skipsignal#2

Parameterwrite

protection#2

SKIP PWES SKIP#2 PWES#2

X8

Emergencystop#2

EmergencystopX8

*ESP#2 *ESP

X9

B–axisclamp

finished

B–axisunclampfinished

Fourth axisservo–off

Fourth axisinterlock

Spindle out-put status 2

Spindle out-put status 1

ECLPB EUCLPB SVF4 *IT4 RCHHGA RCHA

X10

Skip 8signal

Skip 7signal

Skip 6signal

Skip 5signal

Skip 4signal

Skip 3signal

Skip 2signal

Skip 1signalX10

SKIP8 SKIP7 SKIP6 SKIP5 SKIP4 SKIP3 SKIP2 SKIP1

X11

Skip 8signal(SUB)

Skip 7signal(SUB)

Skip 6signal(SUB)

Skip 5signal(SUB)

Skip 4signal(SUB)

Skip 3signal(SUB)

Skip 2signal(SUB)

Skip 1signal(SUB)

X11

SKIP82 SKIP71 SKIP61 SKIP52 SKIP42 SKIP32 SKIP22 SKIP12

Output signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Y7

Spindlestop

detected

PMCoperating

B–axisclamp

command

B–axis

unclamp

command

CNC

Screen

Display End

Spindleoutput

changeovercommand

Servoready#2 Servo ready

SPSTDT PMCRUN CLPB UCLPB CNCSED RCHPA SA#2 SA

NOTEFor details on the signals, refer to the Connection Manual(Function) (B–63393EN–1).

Page 103: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

89

The signals connected to the 10.4″ LCD unit (with touch paneloperator’s panel I/O) are defined as follows:

Input signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

X64Individual Continuous Reserved 2 Reserved 1

Continuouscut

Start/resetand start

Return ExecutionX64

SSW2 SSW1 PB4 PB3 PB2 PB1

X65

Axisselection6th axis

Axisselection5th axis

Reserved 8 Reserved 7 Reserved 6 Reserved 5 Reserved 4 Reserved 3

H6 H5

X66

Axisselection1/2 path

Magnification100

Magnification10

Magnification1

Axisselection

B

Axisselection

Z

Axisselection

Y

Axisselection

X

SEL2 100 10 1 HB HZ HY HX

Output signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Y64

Returnenable

Start/resetand start

Total failure Door openFull of

workpiecesNo

workpieceOperation in

progressReserved 1

Y64

PL8 PL7 PL6 PL5 PL4 PL3 PL2

Reserved 8 Reserved 7 Reserved 6 Reserved 5 Reserved 4 Reserved 3 Reserved 2 Reserved 9Y65

PL9

NOTEThese signals are not handled by the CNC. The machinetool builder must create a PMC ladder to process thesesignals and perform signal transfer to and from the CNC viathe M–NET interface.For the M–NET interface, refer to“Connection Manual (Function).”

Page 104: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

90

2) For the PLC: Using the 10.4″ LCD unit (with touch panel andoperator’s panel I/O)

Operation box

Power magnetics cabinet

I/O Link

Operator’s panel

Manual pulse generator

10.4″ LCD unit (withtouch panel and

operator’s panel I/O)

Power magnetics box

3–slot control unit

MainCPUboard

PLC in-terfaceboard

PLC

Emergencystop, skip,etc.

ExpansionI/O on PLC

The operator’s panel I/O circuit that is connected to the operator’spanel and manual pulse generator is located on the rear of the LCDunit.

I/O link assignment is factory set by FANUC. So, the machine toolbuilder need not perform the assignment.

The operator’s panel I/O signals are transferred to and from the PLC.For details, refer to the Connection Manual (Function)(B–63393EN–1).

The signals used directly by the CNC including the emergency stop,skip, and servo ready signals are connected to the I/O connector on thePLC interface board. In this case, the signals are assigned as shownbelow.

Page 105: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

91

Input signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

X1004Skip signal

Parameterwrite

protection

Skipsignal#2

Parameterwrite

protection#2

SKIP PWES SKIP#2 PWES#2

X1008

Emergencystop#2

Emergencystop

X1008

*ESP#2 *ESP

X1034

B–axisclamp

complete

B–axisunclampcomplete

4th–axisservo off

4th–axisinterlock

Spindleoutput state

1

Spindleoutput state

2

ECLPB EUCLPB SVF4 *IT4 RCHHGA RCHA

Output signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Y1034

Spindlestop

detection

B–axisclamp

command

B–axisunclamp

command

Spindleoutputchange

command

Servoready#2 Servo ready

SPSTDT CLPB UCLPB RCHPA SA#2 SA

Page 106: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

92

3) For the PLC: Using a general display unit

Power magnetics cabinet

I/O Link

Operator’s panel

Manual pulse generator

Generaldisplay unit

Operation boxPower magnetics box

MainCPUboard

PLC in-terfaceboard

3–slot control unit

Operator’s panel I/O module

PLC ExpansionI/O on PLC

Emergencystop, skip,etc.

I/O link assignment is factory set by FANUC. So, the machine toolbuilder need not perform the assignment.

The operator’s panel I/O module is used for connection to the manualpulse generator.

The signals used directly by the CNC including the emergency stop,skip, and servo ready signals are connected to the I/O connector on thePLC interface board. The signals are assigned in the same way as in(2).

Page 107: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

93

A special connector panel is provided for connection of the I/O signals inthe power magnetics cabinet of a system using the Series 18i–LNA.On this connector panel, connector panel I/O modules are mountedaccording to the number of required I/O signals and the output current.Up to 70 input signals and up to 48 output signals can be connected to theconnector panel.If all the I/O signals cannot be connected to five connector panels, anadditional connector panel can be used.The connector panel is connected to the CNC via the I/O Link.

The connector panel I/O modules that can be mounted on the connectorpanel are as follows:

Terminal block XT1· Power supply

connection· I/O signal connection

Connector panel I/Omodules

Bas

ic m

odul

e

Exp

ansi

on m

odul

e 1

Exp

ansi

on m

odul

e 2

Connectors CE62, CE63, CE64· I/O signal connection

8.5CONNECTION OFTHE CONNECTORPANEL

8.5.1Overview

8.5.2Connector Panel I/OModules Used

Page 108: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

94

Connector panel I/O module specifications

Name Drawing No. Function

Basic module A03B–0815–C001 · I/O Link interface· 24 input signals and 16 output

signals· Required· Installed in the basic module

position indicated in the figure.

Expansion module B A03B–0815–C003 · 24 input signals, 16 outputsignals

· Used as needed.· Installed in the position of

expansion module 1 or 2,indicated in the figure.

· When this module is installed inthe position of expansionmodule 1, 22 input signals areconnected to this module.

Expansion module C A03B–0815–C004 · 16 2A output signals· Used as needed.· Installed in the position of

expansion module 1, indicatedin the above figure.

NOTEFor each connector panel, one basic module is required. Anexpansion module is selectable.

Spare parts

Name Drawing No. Function

Fuse A03B–0815–K002 Used for the basic module.

Flat cable A03B–0815–K100 · Used for module connection.· As many as the number of

expansion modules arerequired.

Page 109: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

95

(1)Use this I/O module in a completely sealed cabinet.

(2)For ventilation within each I/O module, each module must be installedin the orientation shown below. Moreover, for ventilation and wiring,allow a clearance of 100 mm or more above and below each module.Never place a device that generates a large amount of heat below anI/O module.

Upper side

Lower sideI/O Linkconnection

Exp

ansi

onm

odul

e

Exp

ansi

onm

odul

e 1

Exp

ansi

onm

odul

e 2

(3)The environment condition is the same as for the control unit. SeeSubsection 3.1.1.

Module Power supplyvoltage

Power supplyrating Remarks

Basic module 24 VDC (10% is fedthrough the powersupply terminal on

0.2A7.3mADI DI = number of DIsignals currentlyon

Expansionmodule B

the connector panel;(10% includesmomentaryvariations and

0.2A7.3mADI DI = number of DIsignals currentlyon

Expansionmodule C (2A module)

ripples. Use aregulated powersupply.

0.1A

As a guideline for the heat dissipation, assume [power supply rating24(W)].

Installation conditions

Power supply rating

Page 110: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

96

CNC

I/O Link

JD1A

CB150A CE62

CB150B CE63

CB150C CE64

XT1

CA52

CB150

JD1B

JD1A

CA52

CB150CA53

To connector board 2 ornext unit

Connector board 1

Basic module

Expansion module 1 (2A output module (NOTE))

Expansion module 2

CA52

CB150

CA53

Machine sideDI/DO

+24 V power supply

Machine side DI/DOand relay terminal

NOTEWhenever using the 2A module, always connect the moduleto CB150B on the connector panel.

8.5.3Connection Diagram

Page 111: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

97

To terminal block XT1, feed a necessary power supply for operating theconnector panel modules and a power supply for input signals, as shownbelow. Also, feed a power supply for the output signals considering thatthe rated current per pin on terminal block XT1 is 8A.

Connector panel24–V power supply (for module operation and input signals)

XT1(14)

XT1(34),(35),(36),(37)

XT1(16)

XT1(15)

XT1(10)

+24V

0V

*

DOCOM

DOCOM2

XT1(17)DOCOM3

24–V power supply(for basic module output signals)

24–V power supply(for output signals of expansion module 1)

24–V power supply(for output signals of expansion module 2)

+24V

0V

+24V

0V

+24V

0V

+24V

0V

0V

0V

0V

NOTETo XT1 (10) indicated by *, connect 24 V (power supplyfor module operation and for input signals) when expansionmodule B is used; when expansion module C (2A outputmodule) is used, connect DOCOM2 (power supply foroutput signals).

8.5.4Power SupplyConnection

Page 112: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

98

Pins 1, 2, 3, and 4 on terminal block XT1 are not wired inside theconnection panel and are used to relay signals.

The following shows an example of connecting the relay pins.

XT1(1)

XT1(2)

XT1(3)

XT1(4)

Operator’s panel

Push–button switch

Emergency stop switch

Connector panel

Power magneticscabinet

8.5.5Connection Example ofRelay Pins

Page 113: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

99

Perform I/O Link assignment for this connector panel (connector panelI/O modules) as follows:

Input signalsFirst connector panel:

X7 to X22 (16 bytes)Second connector panel:

X23 to X38 (16 bytes)Third connector panel:

X39 to X54 (16 bytes)Fourth connector panel:

X80 to X95 (16 bytes)Fifth connector panel:

X96 to X111 (16 bytes)Sixth connector panel:

X112 to X127 (16 bytes)

Output signalsFirst connector panel:

Y7 to Y14 (8 bytes)Second connector panel:

Y15 to Y22 (8 bytes)Third connector panel:

Y23 to Y30 (8 bytes)Fourth connector panel:

Y68 to Y75 (8 bytes)Fifth connector panel:

Y76 to Y83 (8 bytes)Sixth connector panel:

Y84 to Y91 (8 bytes)

X7 Basic module Y7 Basic module

X8 Y8

X9 Y9 Expansion module 1

X10 Expansion module 1 Y10

X11 NOTE 2) Y11 Expansion module 2

X12 NOTE 3) Y12

X13 Expansion module 2 Y13 Unused

X14 Y14

X15

X16 Unused

X17

X18

X19

X20

X21

X22 Output signal errordetection

NOTE1 The above table shows the addresses for the first connector

panel.2 X10.7 and X12.7 cannot be used. For the second and

subsequent connector panels, addresses are assigned in thesame way.

3 When the 2A output module (expansion module C) is used asexpansion module 1, X10 to X12 cannot be used. For thesecond and subsequent connector panels, addresses areassigned in the same way.

Assignment module namesInput signal : CM16IOutput signal : CM08O

8.5.6I/O Link Assignment

Page 114: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

100

The signals directly used by the CNC are defined as listed below.These signals must all be connected to the first connector panel.

Input signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

X7Skip signal

Parameterwrite

protection

Skipsignal#2

Parameterwrite

protection#2

SKIP PWES SKIP#2 PWES#2

X8

Emergencystop#2

EmergencystopX8

*ESP#2 *ESP

X9

B–axisclamp

finished

B–axis un-clamp

finished

Fourth axisservo–off

Fourth axisinterlock

Spindle out-put status 2

Spindle out-put status 1

ECLPB EUCLPB SVF4 *IT4 RCHHGA RCHA

X10

Skip 8signal

Skip 7signal

Skip 6signal

Skip 5signal

Skip 4signal

Skip 3signal

Skip 2signal

Skip 1signalX10

SKIP8 SKIP7 SKIP6 SKIP5 SKIP4 SKIP3 SKIP2 SKIP1

X11

Skip 8signal(SUB)

Skip 7signal(SUB)

Skip 6signal(SUB)

Skip 5signal(SUB)

Skip 4signal(SUB)

Skip 3signal(SUB)

Skip 2signal(SUB)

Skip 1signal(SUB)

X11

SKIP82 SKIP71 SKIP61 SKIP52 SKIP42 SKIP32 SKIP22 SKIP12

Output signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Y7

Spindlestop

detected

PMCoperating

B–axisclamp

command

B–axis

unclamp

command

CNC

Screen

Display End

Spindleoutput

changeovercommand

Servoready#2 Servo ready

SPSTDT PMCRUN CLPB UCLPB CNCSED RCHPA SA#2 SA

NOTEFor details on the signals, refer to the Connection Manual(Function).

Page 115: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

101

33

34 Y9.0

35 Y9.1

36 Y9.2

37 Y9.3

38 Y9.4

39 Y9.5

40 Y9.6

41 Y9.7

42 X10.0

43 X10.1

44 X10.2

45 X10.3

46 X10.4

47 X10.5

48 X10.6

49

50

33

34 Y7.0

35 Y7.1

36 Y7.2

37 Y7.3

38 Y7.4

39 Y7.5

40 Y7.6

41 Y7.7

42 X7.0

43 X7.1

44 X7.2

45 X7.3

46 X7.4

47 X7.5

48 X7.6

49 X7.7

50

CE62 (MR–50RM: Manufactured by Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.)

19

20

21

22

23

24 DICOM1

25 X8.0

26 X8.1

27 X8.2

28 X8.3

29 X8.4

30 X8.5

31 X8.6

32 X8.7

01

02 Y8.0

03 Y8.1

04 Y8.2

05 Y8.3

06 Y8.4

07 Y8.5

08 Y8.6

09 Y8.7

10 X9.0

11 X9.1

12 X9.2

13 X9.3

14 X9.4

15 X9.5

16 X9.6

17 X9.7

18

CE63 (MR–50RM: Manufactured by Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.)

01

02 Y10.0

03 Y10.1

04 Y10.2

05 Y10.3

06 Y10.4

07 Y10.5

08 Y10.6

09 Y10.7

10 X12.0

11 X12.1

12 X12.2

13 X12.3

14 X12.4

15 X12.5

16 X12.6

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24 DICOM2

25 X11.0

26 X11.1

27 X11.2

28 X11.3

29 X11.4

30 X11.5

31 X11.6

32 X11.7

NOTE1 The above table shows the addresses for the first connector panel.2 The signals indicated by shading are also output to terminal block XT1. Whenever using the 2A

output module, always connect addresses Y9.0 to Y9.7 and Y10.0 to Y10.7 to terminal block XT1.For the second and subsequent connector panels, addresses are assigned in the same way.

8.5.7Signal Connections

8.5.7.1Pin assignment

Page 116: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

102

01

02 Y12.0

03 Y12.1

04 Y12.2

05 Y12.3

06 Y12.4

07 Y12.5

08 Y12.6

09 Y12.7

10 X15.0

11 X15.1

12 X15.2

13 X15.3

14 X15.4

15 X15.5

16 X15.6

17 X15.7

18

33

34 Y11.0

35 Y11.1

36 Y11.2

37 Y11.3

38 Y11.4

39 Y11.5

40 Y11.6

41 Y11.7

42 X13.0

43 X13.1

44 X13.2

45 X13.3

46 X13.4

47 X13.5

48 X13.6

49 X13.7

50

CE64 (MR–50RM: Manufactured by Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.)

19

20

21

22

23

24 DICOM3

25 X14.0

26 X14.1

27 X14.2

28 X14.3

29 X14.4

30 X14.5

31 X14.6

32 X14.7

XT1 (pin size: M3.5)

2 NOTE2

4 NOTE2

6 DICOM1

8 +24V

10

12 Y7.1

14 +24V

16 DOCOM1

18 Y9.0

20 Y9.2

22 Y9.4

24 Y9.6

26 Y10.0

28 Y10.2

30 Y10.4

32 Y10.6

34 0V

36 0V

1 NOTE2

3 NOTE2

5 X7.7

7 X8.4

9 X8.5

11 Y7.0

13 Y7.6

15 DOCOM2

17 DOCOM3

19 Y9.1

21 Y9.3

23 Y9.5

25 Y9.7

27 Y10.1

29 Y10.3

31 Y10.5

33 Y10.7

35 0V

37 0V

+24V or DOCOM2

NOTE1 Enclosed in parentheses are addresses allocated for the

second connector panel.2 XT (1), (2), (3), and (4) are not wired inside the connector

panel and are used to relay signals.

Page 117: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

103

This section describes input signal connections to be made when theconnector panel is used.

Up to 70 signals can be connected (24 signals on the basic module22signals and 24 signals on expansion modules)

RV

RV

24VXT1(14)

CE62(42)

CE62(43)

CE62(44)

CE62(45)

CE62(46)

CE62(47)

CE62(48)

CE62(49)

DICOM1

Pin number

X7.0

CE62(32)

XT1(34)

CE62(25)

CE62(26)

CE62(27)

CE62(28)

CE62(29)

XT1 (7)

CE62(31)

XT1(6)

24 V regulated power supply

24V 0V

Basic module

X7.1

X7.2

X7.3

X7.4

X7.5

X7.6

X7.7

X8.0

X8.1

X8.2

X8.3

X8.4

X8.5

X8.6

X8.7

CE62(24)

CE62(30)

XT1 (9)

XT1(8)

24V

24V 0V

XT1(5)

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

8.5.7.2Input signal connection

Page 118: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

104

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

CE62(10)

CE62(11)

CE62(12)

CE62(13)

CE62(14)

CE62(15)

CE62(16)

CE62(17)

Pin number

X9.0

24V

X9.1

X9.2

X9.3

X9.5

X9.6

X9.6

X9.7

Basic module

24V

NOTEThe above figure shows the addresses assigned for the first connector panel.X7.0 through X7.7 are input signals for which a common voltage can be selected. That is, byconnecting the DICOM1 CE62 (24) pin to the +24 V power supply, an input signal can be inputwith its logical state reversed. If, however, the cable is connected to ground, it has the sameeffect as inputting an ON state input signal. To prevent such accidents, the connection of theDICOM1 CE62 (24) pin to 0 V is recommended wherever possible.For unused input signals allocated to addresses X8.0 through X8.7 or X9.0 through X9.7 forwhich the common voltage is fixed, the logical state is fixed to “0”. For unused pins allocatedto addresses X7.0 through X7.7 for which the common voltage can be selected, the logical stateis fixed to “0” when the DICOM1 CE62 (24) pin is connected to 0 V. When the DICOM1 CE62(24) pin is connected to +24 V, the logical state is fixed to “1”. When the DICOM1 pin CE62(24) pin is open, the logical state of the unused pins allocated to addresses X7.0 through X7.7is undefined. For the second and subsequent connector panels, addresses are assigned in thesame way.

Page 119: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

105

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

24 V or DOCOM2

CE63(42)

CE63(43)

CE63(44)

CE63(45)

CE63(46)

CE63(47)

CE63(48)

DICOM2

Pin number

X10.0

CE63(32)

CE63(25)

CE63(26)

CE63(27)

CE63(28)

CE63(29)

CE63(30)

CE63(31)

CE63(24)

Expansion module 1

24V

XT1(10)

0 V

X10.1

X10.2

X10.3

X10.4

X10.5

X10.6

X11.0

X11.1

X11.2

X11.3

X11.4

X11.5

X11.6

X11.7

24V 0V

*

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

NOTEThe input signals indicated on this page cannot be used in expansion module C (2A outputmodule).To the pin indicated by *, always connect 24 V when expansion module B is used; whenexpansion module C (2A output module) is used, connect DOCOM.

Page 120: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

106

RVCE63(10)

CB150(11)

CB150(12)

CB150(13)

CB150(14)

CB150(15)

CB150(16)

Pin number

X12.0

X12.1

Expansion module 1

24V

X12.2

X12.3

X12.4

X12.5

X12.6

24V

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

NOTEThe input signals indicated on this page cannot be used in expansion module C (2 A outputmodule).The above figure shows the addresses assigned for the first connector panel.X10.0 through X10.6 are input signals for which a common voltage can be selected. That is,by connecting the DICOM2 CE63 (24) pin to the +24 V power supply, an input signal can beinput with its logical state reversed. If, however, the cable is connected to ground, it has thesame effect as inputting an ON state input signal. To prevent such accidents, the connectionof the DICOM2 CE63 (24) pin to 0 V is recommended wherever possible.

For unused input signals allocated to addresses X11.0 through X11.7 or X12.0 through X12.6for which the common voltage is fixed, the logical state is fixed to “0”. For unused pins allocatedto addresses X10.0 through X10.7 for which the common voltage can be selected, the logicalstate is fixed to “0” when the DICOM2 CE63 (24) pin is connected to 0 V. When the DICOM2CE63 (24) pin is connected to +24 V, the logical state is fixed to “1”. When the DICOM2 CE63(24) pin is open, the logical state of the unused pins allocated to addresses X10.0 throughX10.6 is undefined. For the second and subsequent connector panels, addresses are assignedin the same way.

Page 121: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

107

RVCE64(42)

CE64(43)

CE64(44)

CE64(45)

CE64(46)

CE64(47)

CE64(48)

CE64(49)

DICOM3

Pin number

X13.0

CE64(32)

CE64(25)

CE64(26)

CE64(27)

CE64(28)

CE64(29)

CE64(30)

CE64(31)

CE64(24)

Expansion module 224V 0 V

X13.1

X13.2

X13.3

X13.4

X13.5

X13.6

X13.7

X14.0

X14.1

X14.2

X14.3

X14.4

X14.5

X14.6

X14.7

24V

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

0 V

Page 122: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

108

RVCE64(10)

CE64(11)

CE64(12)

CE64(13)

CE64(14)

CE64(15)

CE64(16)

CE64(17)

Pin number

X15.0

24V

X15.1

X15.2

X15.3

X15.4

X15.5

X15.6

X15.7

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

Expansion module 2

NOTEThe above figure shows the addresses assigned for the first connector panel.

X13.0 through X13.7 are input signals for which a common voltage can be selected. That is,by connecting the DICOM3 CE64 (24) pin to the +24 V power supply, an input signal can beinput with its logical state reversed. If, however, the cable is connected to ground, it has thesame effect as inputting an ON state input signal. To prevent such accidents, the connectionof the DICOM3 CE64 (24) pin to 0 V is recommended wherever possible.

For unused input signals allocated to addresses X14.0 through X14.7 or X15.0 through X15.7for which the common voltage is fixed, the logical state is fixed to “0”. For unused pins allocatedto addresses X13.0 through X13.7 for which the common voltage can be selected, the logicalstate is fixed to “0” when the DICOM3 CE64 (24) pin is connected to 0 V. When the DICOM3CE64 (24) pin is connected to +24 V, the logical state is fixed to “1”. When the DICOM3 pinCE64 (24) pin is open, the logical state of the unused pins allocated to addresses X13.0 throughX13.7 is undefined. For the second and subsequent connector panels, addresses are assignedin the same way.

Page 123: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

109

This section describes the output signal connections to be made when theconnector panel is used.

Up to 48 signals can be connected (16 signals on the basic module16signals on an expansion module2)

DOCOM1XT1(16)

CE62(34)

CE62(35)

CE62(36)

CE62(37)

CE62(38)

CE62(39)

CE62(40)

Y7.0

CE62(02)

CE62(03)

CE62(04)

CE62(05)

CE62(06)

CE62(07)

CE62(08)

DVRelay

DV

CE62(41)

CE62(09)

24V regulated power supply

24V 0V

XT1(35), (36), (37)

Basic module

0V

Y7.1

Y7.2

Y7.3

Y7.4

Y7.5

Y7.6

Y7.7

Y8.0

Y8.1

Y8.2

Y8.3

Y8.4

Y8.5

Y8.6

Y8.7

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

XT1(11)

XT1(12)

XT1(13)

NOTEThe above figure shows the addresses assigned for the firstconnector panel.

8.5.7.3Output signalconnection

Page 124: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

110

DOCOM2

CE63(34)

CE63(35)

CE63(36)

CE63(37)

CE63(38)

CE63(39)

CE63(40)

Y9.0

CE63(02)

CE63(03)

CE63(04)

CE63(05)

CE63(06)

CE63(07)

CE63(08)

DV

Relay

DV

CE63(41)

CE63(09)

Expansion module 1

0V

0V

Y9.1

Y9.2

Y9.3

Y9.4

Y9.5

Y9.6

Y9.7

Y10.0

Y10.1

Y10.2

Y10.3

Y10.4

Y10.5

Y10.6

Y10.7

XT1(19)

XT1(20)

XT1(21)

XT1(22)

XT1(23)

XT1(24)

XT1(26)

XT1(27)

XT1(28)

XT1(29)

XT1(30)

XT1(31)

XT1(32)

XT1(25)

XT1(33)

XT1(18)

DV

DV

DV

DVDV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

24V regulated power supply

24V 0V

XT1(15)

NOTEThe above figure shows the addresses assigned for the firstconnector panel.When using the 2 A output module, connect the load toterminal block XT1.

Page 125: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

111

DOCOM3

Relay

Expansion module 2

Y11.0

Y11.1

Y11.2

Y11.3

Y11.4

Y11.5

Y11.6

Y11.7

Y12.0

Y12.1

Y12.2

Y12.3

Y12.4

Y12.5

Y12.6

Y12.7

CE64(34)

CE64(35)

CE64(02)

0V

CE64(36)

CE64(37)

CE64(38)

CE64(39)

CE64(40)

CE64(41)

CE64(03)

CE64(04)

CE64(05)

CE64(06)

CE64(07)

CE64(08)

CE64(09)

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

24V regulated power supply

24V 0V

XT1(17)

NOTEThe above figure shows the addresses assigned for the firstconnector panel.

Page 126: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

112

This section describes the specifications of the input/output signals usedwith the basic module and expansion module B.

Input signal specifications

Number of points 24 points (per module)

Contact rating 30 VDC, 16 mA or more

Leakage current betweencontacts when opened

1 mA or less (26.4 V)

Voltage decrease betweencontacts when closed

2 V or less (including a cable voltage decrease)

Delay time The receiver delay time is 2 ms (maximum). Inaddition, [I/O Link transfer time between CNC andI/O module (2 ms maximum)] + [ladder scan period(depending on CNC)] must be considered.

Output signal specifications

Number of points 16 points (per module)

Maximum load currentwhen ON

200 mA or less including momentary variations

Saturation voltage whenON

1 V (maximum) when the load current is 200 mA

Withstand voltage 24 V +20% or less including momentary variations

Leakage current whenOFF

20 µA or less

Delay time The driver delay time is 50 µs (maximum). Inaddition, [I/O Link transfer time between CNC andI/O module (2 ms maximum)] + [ladder scan period(depending on CNC)] needs to be considered.

ON/OFF of the power supply (DO common) for output signalsBy turning off (opening) the power supply pin (DOCOM) for the outputsignals, all the output signals of each module can be turned off at the sametime. At this time, the states of output signals are as shown below.

DOCOMON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

State of outputsignal when out-put signal is on in the sequence

State of outputsignalwhen out-put signal is offin the sequence

8.5.8Input/Output SignalSpecifications

Page 127: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

113

NOTEWhen output signal is on in the sequence, the ON/OFF stateof DOCOM is directly reflected in the state of output signalas indicated above by the dashed box. The +24 V signal tobe supplied to the I/O module must not be turned off duringoperation. Otherwise, a CNC communication alarm isissued. Ensure that +24 V is supplied either when or beforethe power to the CNC is turned on, and that +24 V isremoved either when or after the power to the CNC is turnedoff.

Parallel output signal connection A output signal load current of twice the level can be obtained byconnecting output signal points in parallel and exercising ON/OFFcontrol at the same time in the sequence. Namely, the maximum loadcurrent per output signal point is 200 mA. By connecting two outputsignal points in parallel and turning on the two DO points at the sametime, 400 mA can be obtained. In this case, however, the leakage currentis doubled up to 40 µA when the output signal points are turned off.

DOCOM

DV

+24V 0V

DV

+24 V regulated power supply

Relay

Page 128: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

114

This section describes the specifications of the 2A output signals usedwith expansion module C.

Output signal specification

Number of points 32 points (per module)

Maximum load currentwhen ON

2 A or less per point.12 A maximum for the entire module (DO: 16 points) (including momentary variations).

Withstand voltage 24 V 20% or less (including momentaryvariations)

Leakage current when OFF 100 µA or less

Delay time [I/O Link transfer time (2 ms maximum)][ladderscan period (depending on CNC)] must beconsidered.

ON/OFF of the power supply (DO common) for output signals By turning off (opening) the power supply pin (DOCOM) for the outputsignals, all the output signals of each module can be turned off at one time.At this time, the state of output signal is as shown below.

DOCOMON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

State when out-put signal is onin the sequence

State when out-put signal is offin the sequence

NOTEWhen output signal is on in the sequence, the ON/OFF stateof DOCOM is directly reflected in the state of output signalas indicated above by the dashed box. The 24 V signalto be supplied to the I/O module must not be turned offduring operation. Otherwise, a CNC communication alarmis issued. Ensure that 24 V is supplied either when orbefore the power to the CNC is turned on, and that 24 Vis removed either when or after the power to the CNC isturned off.

Parallel output signal connection The 2 A output module does not allow parallel output signal connectionsincluding parallel connections with the output signals of other modules.

8.5.92 A Output DO SignalSpecifications

Page 129: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

115

LEDs for outputsignal checking

Thorough holes forinput signal checking

Bas

ic m

odul

e

Exp

ansi

on m

odul

e 1

Exp

ansi

on m

odul

e 2

CE

62

CE

63

CE

64

8.5.10Outline Drawing

Page 130: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

116

Input and output signals can be checked using the following methods:

(1)Checking an input signalUsing a volt–ohm meter, read the voltage between the through holes(between an input signal and 0V) on the connector panel to check theinput signal.The through hole layout is shown in the figure below.

(2)Checking an output signalTo check an output signal, check whether the LED on the connectorpanel is on. Moreover, the voltage of an output signal can be measuredbetween through holes (between the output signal and 0 V) under theLED.The LED layout is shown in the figure below.

Address

Bit

Through hole (input signal)

Through hole (input signal)

NOTEFirst connector panel: XmX7Second connector panel: XmX23Third connector panel: Xm=X39Fourth connector panel: Xm=X80Fifth connector panel: Xm=X96Sixth connector panel: Xm=X112

0V

Bit

Address

Through hole (output signal)

LED

Through hole (0V)

8.5.11Checking the Input andOutput Signals

Page 131: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

117

NOTEFirst connector panel: YnY7Second connector panel: YnY15Third connector panel: Ym=Y23Fourth connector panel: Ym=Y68Fifth connector panel: Ym=Y76Sixth connector panel: Ym=Y84

Modules can be connected in the same way, regardless of whether you areconnecting the basic module to an extension module or connecting twoextension modules. Connect the modules by using 34–pin flat cableconnectors as shown in the figure below. Ensure that all 34 pins at oneend of the cable are connected to the corresponding pins at the other end;e.g., connect the A1 pin to the pin having the same designation (A1) atthe other end.

Connector panel side Connector panel side Connector panel side

A1 pin mark

34–p

in fl

at c

able

34–p

in fl

at c

able

34–p

in fl

at c

able

Basic module Extension module Extension module

CA

52

CA

52

CA

53

CA

52

Top view

Flat cable–side connector specification: HIF3BA–34DA–2.54R (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)

Module connector–side specification: HIF3BA–34PA–2.54DS (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.) or FAP–3403–1202–0BS (Yamaichi Denki Co., Ltd.)

CA

55

Ventilationslot

8.5.12Connection of Basicand Extension Modules

Page 132: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

118

NOTEModules need to be spaced at least 32 mm apart, in which case a flat cable of about 20 mmin length is required. To install modules further away from each other, the cable length will be20 mm plus the extra distance. Note that the maximum length of a flat cable is 100 mm. Toensure adequate ventilation, install the modules in such a way that the flat cables lie on top ofthem.

If a system alarm occurs in a CNC using the connector panel I/O module,or if I/O Link communication between the CNC and connector panel I/Omodule fails, all the output signals of the I/O module are turned off.Therefore, due care must be taken when setting up the machine sequence.Also, the same phenomenon occurs if the power to the CNC or the I/Omodule is turned off.

The output signal driver of the Basic and Extension module A/B iscapable of detecting an overcurrent and measuring its own temperature.If an accident, such as the connecting of the cable to ground, causes anabnormal increase in the load current or in the driver temperature, aprotection circuit, which is provided for each output signal driver (1 byte),is activated and keeps the output signal for the relevant 1 byte in the OFFstate until the cause of the problem is eliminated. The output signal driverthat detected the abnormality can be determined by the input signal. Therelationship between the input signal address bits and output signal areasis shown in the table below. When an input signal address bit is set to 1it indicates that the corresponding output signal driver detected anabnormality. If an output signal becomes abnormal, you can check thePMCDGN screen of the CNC, which will help you investigate the failureand perform recovery.

For the first connector panel

Alarm detectionaddress and bit DO address Location

X22.0 Y7 Basic module

X22.1 Y8 Basic module

X22.2 Y9 Extension module 1

X22.3 Y10 Extension module 1

X22.4 Y11 Extension module 2

X22.5 Y12 Extension module 2

When an abnormality in output signal is detected, the CNC issues an alarm.

8.5.13Other Notes

DO signal reaction to asystem alarm

Output signal alarmdetection

Page 133: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

119

For the second connector panel

Alarm detectionaddress and bit DO address Location

X38.0 Y15 Basic module

X38.1 Y16 Basic module

X38.2 Y17 Extension module 1

X38.3 Y18 Extension module 1

X38.4 Y19 Extension module 2

X38.5 Y20 Extension module 2

When an abnormality in output signal is detected, the CNC issues an alarm.

For the third connector panel

Alarm detectionaddress and bit DO address Location

X54.0 Y23 Basic module

X54.1 Y24 Basic module

X54.2 Y25 Extension module 1

X54.3 Y26 Extension module 1

X54.4 Y27 Extension module 2

X54.5 Y28 Extension module 2

Even when an abnormality in output signal is detected, the CNC does notissue any alarm. Use a PMC ladder program to monitor the bits of X54and issue an alarm if 1 is detected.

For the fourth connector panel

Alarm detectionaddress and bit DO address Location

X95.0 Y68 Basic module

X95.1 Y69 Basic module

X95.2 Y70 Extension module 1

X95.3 Y71 Extension module 1

X95.4 Y72 Extension module 2

X95.5 Y73 Extension module 2

Even when an abnormality in output signal is detected, the CNC does notissue any alarm. Use a PMC ladder program to monitor the bits of X95and issue an alarm if 1 is detected.

Page 134: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

120

For the fifth connector panel

Alarm detectionaddress and bit DO address Location

X111.0 Y76 Basic module

X111.1 Y77 Basic module

X111.2 Y78 Extension module 1

X111.3 Y79 Extension module 1

X111.4 Y80 Extension module 2

X111.5 Y81 Extension module 2

Even when an abnormality in output signal is detected, the CNC does notissue any alarm. Use a PMC ladder program to monitor the bits of X111and issue an alarm if 1 is detected.

For the sixth connector panel

Alarm detectionaddress and bit DO address Location

X127.0 Y84 Basic module

X127.1 Y85 Basic module

X127.2 Y86 Extension module 1

X127.3 Y87 Extension module 1

X127.4 Y88 Extension module 2

X127.5 Y89 Extension module 2

Even when an abnormality in output signal is detected, the CNC does notissue any alarm. Use a PMC ladder program to monitor the bits of X127and issue an alarm if 1 is detected.

NOTEThis function is not supported by the 2A output module oranalog input module.

Page 135: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

121

When the 10.4″ LCD (with touch panel and operator’s panel I/O) (calledthe LCD unit hereinafter) is used, the connectors on the rear of the LCDunit are used to connect the I/O signals from the operator’s panel (signalsfor buttons and lamps).

These I/O signals are connected to the CNC through the I/O Link, so thatthey can be used with a PMC ladder. When a PLC supplied by anothermanufacturer is used without using the PMC ladder, an image of these I/Osignals is transferred to and from the PLC, so that these signals can beused with a ladder on the PLC.

The rear view of the LCD unit (uncovered) is given below.

ÂÂÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂÂÂ

MDI signal inputCA55

LCD signal(HSSB)COP20B

For 24 Vbranch–outCP1B

24 V inputCP1A

LCD control and operator’s panel I/Oprinted circuit board

ÂÂ

M4 stud for protective grounding (PE)Connect this to ground.

ÂÂÂÂÂÂ

Inverter printed circuit board

ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ

Connection to manualpulse generatorJA60

I/O Link (upper)JD1B

ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ

I/O signalconnectionCE56

I/O Link (lower)JD1A

8.6OPERATOR’S PANELI/O CONNECTIONFOR 10.4″ LCD UNIT

8.6.1Connector Layout

Page 136: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

122

10.4″ LCD unit (withtouch panel andoperator’s panel I/O)

CP1A CP1B

COP20B

JD1B JD1A

JA60

CE56

This signal is not connected through the LCDunit but is connected directly to the powermagnetics cabinet.

24 VDC (main CPUboard)

LCD signal (HSSB)(main CPU board)

Higher unit of I/O Link

Manual pulse generator(axis and magnificationselection signals)

Powermagneticscabinet

Emergencystop

Operationready

Operator’s panel(buttons and lamps)

8.6.2Overall ConnectionDiagram

Page 137: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

123

The function of this unit is equivalent to the operator’s panel I/O module,using 16 bytes for input signals and 4 bytes for output signals.

Assignment module namesInput (X64 to X79) : CM16IOutput (Y64 to Y67) : CM04O

Then, the input/output signals are defined as follows:

Input signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

X64Individual Continuous Reserved 2 Reserved 1

Continuouscut

Start/resetand start

Return ExecutionX64

SSW2 SSW1 PB4 PB3 PB2 PB1

X65

Axisselection6th axis

Axisselection5th axis

Reserved 8 Reserved 7 Reserved 6 Reserved 5 Reserved 4 Reserved 3

H6 H5

X66

Axisselection1/2 path

Magnification100

Magnification10

Magnification1

Axisselection

B

Axisselection

Z

Axisselection

Y

Axisselection

X

SEL2 100 10 1 HB HZ HY HX

X67 to X75: Unused

Manual pulse generatorX76

X77 to X78: Unused

X79Unused

Outputsignal alarm

65

Outputsignal alarm

64

DOALM65 DOALM64

Output signals

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Y64

Returnenable

Start/resetand start

Total failure Door openFull of

workpiecesNo

workpieceOperation in

progressReserved 1

Y64

PL8 PL7 PL6 PL5 PL4 PL3 PL2

Reserved 8 Reserved 7 Reserved 6 Reserved 5 Reserved 4 Reserved 3 Reserved 2 Reserved 1Y65

Y66 to Y67: Unused

See the section “CONNECTION WITH THE LCD UNIT” in Chapter 5.

8.6.3I/O Link Assignment

8.6.4Power SupplyConnection

Page 138: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

124

A B

01 0V +24V

02 PB1(X64.0) PB2(X64.1)

03 PB3(X64.2) PB4(X64.3)

04 Reserved 1(X64.4) Reserved 1(X64.5)

05 SSW1(X64.6) SSW2(X64.7)

06 Reserved 3(X65.0) Reserved 4(X65.1)

07 Reserved 5(X65.2) Reserved 6(X65.3)

08 Reserved 7(X65.4) Reserved 8(X65.5)

09 H5(X65.6) H6(X65.7)

10 HX(X66.0) HY(X66.1)

11 HZ(66.2) HB(X66.3)

12 X1(X66.4) X10(X66.5)

13 X100(X66.6) SEL2(X66.7)

14

15

16 Reserved 1(Y64.0) PL2(Y64.1)

17 PL3(Y64.2) PL4(Y64.3)

18 PL5(Y64.4) PL6(Y65.5)

19 PL7(Y64.6) PL8(Y65.7)

20 Reserved 9 Reserved 2(Y65.1)

21 Reserved 3(Y65.2) Reserved 4(Y65.3)

22 Reserved 5(Y65.4) Reserved 6(Y65.5)

23 Reserved 7(Y65.6) Reserved 8(Y65.7)

24 DOCOM DOCOM

25 DOCOM DOCOM

CE56

Flat–cable–side connector specification: A02B–0120–K342(HIFBB–50D–2.54R (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.))50 contacts

Cable specifications: A02B–0120–K886(Hitachi Cable, Ltd. or Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd., 50 conductors, 60 m long)

NOTEThe following signals are also assigned to the pins ofconnector JA60 (manual pulse generator interface), andmay be connected to either of connectors CE56 and JA60.

Signal AddressHX X66.0HY X66.1HZ X66.2HB H66.3X1 X66.4X10 X66.5X100 X66.6SEL2 X66.7

H5 X65.6H6 X65.7

8.6.5I/O Connector PinAssignment

Page 139: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

125

RV

24V CE56(B01)

CE56(A02)

CE56(B02)

CE56(A03)

CE56(B03)

CE56(A04)

CE56(B04)

CE56(A05)

CE56(B05)

PB1(X64.0)

CE56(B09)

CE56(A06)

CE56(B06)

CE56(A07)

CE56(B07)

CE56(A08)

CE56(B08)

CE56(A09)

PB2(X64.1)

PB3(X64.2)

PB4(X64.3)

Reserved 1(X64.4)

SSW1(X64.6)

SSW2(X64.7)

Reserved 3(X65.0)

Reserved 4(X65.1)

Reserved 5(X65.2)

Reserved 6(X65.3)

Reserved 7(X65.4)

Reserved 8(X65.5)

H5(X65.6)

H6(X65.7)

Reserved 2(X64.5)

Address number

Bit number

Pin number

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

8.6.6Input SignalConnection

Page 140: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

126

24V CE56(B01)

CE56(A10)

CE56(B10)

CE56(A11)

CE56(B11)

CE56(A12)

CE56(B12)

CE56(A13)

CE56(B13)

HX(X66.0)

Address numberBit number

HY(X66.1)

HZ(X66.2)

HB(X66.3)

X1(X66.4)

X10(X66.5)

X100(X66.6)

SEL2(X66.7)

Pin number

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

RV

Page 141: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

127

DOCOM CE56(A24,B24,A25,B25)

CE56(A16)

CE56(B16)

CE56(A17)

CE56(B17)

CE56(A18)

CE56(B18)

CE56(A19)

Pin number

Reserved 1(Y64.0)

Address numberBit number

CE56(A20)

CE56(B20)

CE56(A21)

CE56(B21)

CE56(A22)

CE56(B22)

CE56(A23)

DV

+24 V regulated power supply

+24V 0V

Relay

DV

CE56(B19)

CE56(B23)

CE56(A01)

Reserved 9(Y65.0)

Reserved 2(Y65.1)

Reserved 3(Y65.2)

Reserved 4(Y65.3)

Reserved 5(Y65.4)

Reserved 6(Y65.5)

Reserved 7(Y65.6)

Reserved 8(Y65.7)

PL2(Y64.1)

PL3(Y64.2)

PL4(Y64.3)

PL5(Y64.4)

PL6(Y64.5)

PL7(Y64.6)

PL8(Y64.7)

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

DV

8.6.7Output SignalConnection

Page 142: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

128

When the 10.4″ LCD (with touch panel and operator’s panel I/O) is used,the wiring inside the operator’s panel is as follows:

0VCE56(A01)

Power supply

Operation in progress PL2 (Y64.1)

CE56(B16)

No workpiece PL3 (Y64.2)CE56(A17)

Full of workpieces PL4 (Y64.3)CE56(B17)

Door open PL5 (Y64.4)CE56(A18)

Total failure PL6 (Y64.5)CE56(A18)

Start/reset and start PL7 (Y64.6)

CE56(A19)

Return enable PL8 (Y64.7)CE56(B19)

Emergency stop24VCE56(B01)

SSW1 (X64.6)CE56(A05)

SelectorContinuous

SSW2 (X64.7)CE56(A05)

Selector

Individual

PB1 (X64.0)CE56(A02)

Execution

PB2 (X64.1)CE56(B02)

Return (B contact)

Start/reset and start PB3 (X64.2)CE56(A03)

PB4 (X64.3)CE56(B03)

Continuous cut (B contact)

 W

O Â

R Â

R Â

R Â

R Â

O Â

Y Â

RÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂ

ÂÂÂÂ

8.6.8Wiring Inside theOperator’s Panel

Page 143: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

129

The following signal lines are not routed through the LCD unit and areinstead connected directly to the power magnetics cabinet:

Operation ready

Emergency stop

GOperation ready

One manual pulse generator can be connected to this LCD unit. For themanual pulse generator, interfaces for ten input signals including six axisselection signals, three magnification selection signals, and one pathselection signal are provided in the same connector.

JA60(PCR–E20LMDT)1 HA1 11 HX(X66.0)2 HB1 12 HY(X66.1)3 +5V 13 HZ(X66.2)4 0V 14 HB(X66.3)5 +5V 15 X1(X66.4)6 0V 16 X10(X66.5)7 +5V 17 X100(X66.6)8 0V 18 SEL2(X66.7)9 H5(X65.6) 19 H6(X65.7)

10 0V 20 +24V

LCD unit

Manual pulse generator

+5V 0V HA1 HB1

COM X1 X10 X100

HX HY HZ HB

SEL2 H5 H6

Manual pulse generator

Relayconnector

8.6.9Connection of aManual PulseGenerator

Page 144: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

130

Relay connector Manual pulse generator

Cable connection example

HA1

HB1

+5V

0V

+24V

HX

HY

HZ

HB

X1

X10

X100

SEL2

H5

H6

HA1

HB1

+5V

0V

COM

HX

HY

HZ

HB

X1

X10

X100

SEL2

H5

H6

1

2

3,5,7

4,6,8,10

20

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

HA1

HB1

+5V

0V

JA60

18

9

19

Recommended connector: A02B–0120–K305 (including the following connector and housing)(Connector: FI40B–20S, soldering type, Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)(Housing: FI40–20–CV5, Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)

Outside cable diameter: 9.2 mm maximum

NOTEFor the axis selection signals (HX, HY, HZ, and HB),magnification selection signals (X1, X10, and X100), andreserved–11 signal, the +24 V power supply is used as thecommon voltage. If the contact connected to a signal isopen, the signal state becomes 0. If the contact is closed,the signal state becomes 1.These signals are also assigned to the pins of connectorCE56 (I/O signal connector), so they may be connected toeither connector.

Page 145: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

131

10.4″ LCD unit I/O specifications

Item Specification Remarks

Input signal points 24 points 24 V input

Output signal points 16 points 24 V source type output

CNC interface FANUC I/O Linkconnection

MPG interface Max. 1 unit

I/O power supply rating

Supply voltage Power supplyrating Remarks

24 VDC ±10% is suppliedfrom power supplyconnector CPD1. Thetolerance of ±10% includesmomentary and ripplecurrents.

0.3 A+7.3 mA×DI DI = number of input signalpoints in the ON stateThe power supply rating onthe I/O function side. Therequired power supply is thesum of this value and thepower supply rating on theLCD side, which is 1.0 A.

Input signal specifications

Contact rating 30 VDC, 16 mA or more

Open circuit intercontact leakagecurrent

1 mA or less (at 26.4 V)

Closed circuit intercontact voltagedrop

2 V or less (including cable voltage drop)

Delay Receiver delay: Max. 2 msThe time required for I/O Linktransmission between the CNC and unit(max. 2 msladder scan cycle) mustalso be taken into account.

Output signal specifications

Maximum load current in ON state 200 mA or less (including momentary current)

Saturation voltage in ON state Max. 1 V (when load current is 200 mA)

Withstand voltage 24 V +20% or less (including momentary values)

Leakage current in OFF state 20 A or less

Delay Driver delay: Max. 50 sThe time for I/O Link transmissionbetween the CNC and unit (max. 2 msladder scan cycle) must also be takeninto account.

8.6.10Specifications

Page 146: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

132

NOTEEnsure that the maximum current per DOCOM pin (DOpower supply pin) does not exceed 0.7 A.

If a system alarm occurs in a CNC using this I/O module, or if I/O Linkcommunication fails, all the output signals of the I/O module are turnedoff. Therefore, due care must be taken when setting up the machinesequence. Also, the same phenomenon occurs if the power of the CNCor the I/O module is turned off.

The output signal driver of the I/O module is capable of detecting anovercurrent and measuring its own temperature. If an accident, such asthe connecting of the cable to ground, causes an abnormal increase in theload current or in the driver temperature, a protection circuit, which isprovided for each output signal driver (1 byte), is activated and keeps theoutput signal for the relevant 1 byte in the OFF state until the cause of theproblem is eliminated. The input signal address X79 identifies the outputsignal driver which has detected the alarm. The following table shows thecorrespondence between the input signal address X79 bits and the outputsignal addresses. Bit value “1” indicates that the corresponding outputsignal driver has detected an alarm. The contents of the X79 area can bechecked by using the DGN screen of the CNC. This helps alarm detectionand recovery.

If an abnormality in an output signal is detected, the CNC issues an alarm.

Alarm detectionaddress and bit Output signal address Remarks

X79.0 Y64

X79.1 Y65

8.6.11Other Notes

DO signal reaction to asystem alarm

Output signal alarmdetection

Page 147: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

133

In a system using the Series 18i–LNA, the operator’s panel I/O moduleis used only to connect a manual pulse generator.

JA3

CPD1(IN)

CE56

+24V

CE57

CPD1(OUT)+24V

Powersupply

Powersupply

JD1B

JD1A

MPG

To the higher unitof the I/O Link

To the lower unit ofthe I/O Link

8.7CONNECTION OFOPERATOR’S PANELI/O MODULE

8.7.1Overall ConnectionDiagram

Page 148: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

134

Provide the CPD1 (IN) connector, shown below, with the powernecessary for the printed circuit board operation. To facilitate powerdivision, the power is output to CPD1 (OUT) exactly as it is input fromCPD1 (IN). When power division is required, use CPD1 (OUT).

01 24V02 0V03

CPD1(IN)

01 24V02 0V03

CPD1(OUT)

24 V powersupply

24 V powersupply

Recommended cable–side connector: A02B–0120–K324 (including the following connector housing and case)(Housing: Japan AMP 1–178288–3)(Contacts: Japan AMP 1–175218–5)

NOTEThe specification of the power supply connector CPD1 (IN)is the same as that for CPD1 (OUT). There are noindications on the printed circuit board to distinguishbetween the IN and OUT connectors. Do not turn off the +24V supply to the connector during operation. Turning off the24 V supply will cause a CNC system alarm. Whenturning on the power, the +24 V supply to the I/O modulemust be turned on before or at the same time as the powersupply to the CNC. When turning off the power, the 24 Vsupply to the I/O module must be turned off after or at thesame time as the power supply to the CNC.

8.7.2Power Connection

Page 149: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

135

An example in which one manual pulse generators are connected tooperator’s panel I/O module is shown below.

18

+5V

17

10

30V

0V

+5V

1314

1615

1920

+5V

4

65

87

9

HB1 0V

1112

HA112

JA3 (PCR–E20LMDT)

+5V 0V HA1 HB1+5V 0V A B

I/O module for operator’s panel Manual pulse generators

Manual pulse generator #1 (M3 screw terminal)

#1 HA1 HB1 +5V 0V

HA1HB1+5V

0V

12912

7Red

7White

5Red

2Black

AB+5V0V

HA1HB1+5V

0VShield

Cable connection

Terminal blockManual pulsegenerators

Ground plateCable Wire

Recommended wire material: A66L–0001–0286 (#20 AWG × 6 + #24 AWG × 3 pairs)

Recommended connector: A02B–0120–K303 (including the following connector and case)(Connector: FI40–2015S (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.))(Case: FI40–20–CV5 (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.))

NOTEOnly one manual pulse generator can be connected to theSeries 18i–LNA.

8.7.3Manual PulseGenerator Connection

Page 150: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

0.2

0.1 R 2Lm

L

mR

L

30.0394

76.75[m]

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

136

Manual pulse generator operates on 5 VDC. The supply voltage drop dueto the cable resistance must be held below 0.2 V (when those of the 0–voltand 5–volt wires are combined), as expressed in the following expression:

Where0.1 = manual pulse generator supply current (0.1 A)R = resistance per unit cable length (/m)m = number of 0–volt and 5–volt wiresL = cable length (m).

Therefore, the cable length can be determined using the followingexpression.

In the case of the A66L–0001–0286 cable, for example, when three pairsof signal wires and six power supply wires (20/0.18, 0.0394 /m) areused (three power supply wires connected to 5 V and the other three to 0V), the cable length is:

However, the maximum pulse transmission distance for the manual pulsegenerator is 50 m. Taking this into consideration, the cable length maybe extended to:

8.7.4Cable Length forManual PulseGenerator

Page 151: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

137

NoteNote) Lead wires and other components are mounted on the rear

face of the printed circuit board. Ensure that the printed circuitboards are spaced 5 mm or more from one another to preventinterference.

24 V power supply connectionManual pulse generator connection

I/O Link signal connection

Machine operator’s panel DI/DO interface

Rear mounting area (Perspective drawingviewed from the front)

: Polarity guide

: A1 pin mark

8.7.5External View

Page 152: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

138

Installation specifications

Ambient temperature During operation 0° to 58°CDuring storage and transportation –20°C to 60°C

Temperature change Max. 1.1°C/min.

Relative humidity Normal: 75% or lessShort term (1 month or less): 95% or less

Vibration During operation: 0.5 G or less

Environment Ordinary machining factory environment (Specialconsideration is required when installing the module ina dusty place or where highly concentrated cuttinglubricant or organic solvent is used.)

Other requirements (1) Install the I/O module in a fully enclosed cabinet.

Ordering specifications

Item Specification Remarks

Operator’s panel I/O module (with MPG interface)

A20B–2002–0520 DI: 48 points (cannot used)DO: 32 points (cannot used)MPG interface is supported.

Fuse (replacement part) A03B–0815–K001 1 A

Module specifications

Item Specification Remarks

CNC interface FANUC I/O Linkconnection

MPG interface 1 unit

Power supply rating

Module Supply voltage Power supplyrating Remarks

Operator’spanel I/Omodule

24 VDC ±10% issupplied frompower supplyconnector CPD1.The tolerance of±10% includesmomentary andripple currents.

0.35A

8.7.6Specifications

Page 153: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

139

In a system using the Series 18i–LNA, this operator’s panel I/O modulecan be used only to connect a manual pulse generator.

Address allocation is shown in the table below. Since addresses arefactory allocated by FANUC, the machine tool builder need not performthe allocation.

X64

X65

X66

X67

Output signals(use inhibited)

X64

X65

X66

X67

X68

X69

X70

X71

X72

X73

X74

X75

X76(1st MPG)

X77(2nd MPG)

X78(3rd MPG)

X79(DO alarm detection)

Input signals(use inhibited)

Unused

MPG(Unused for the2nd and 3rdMPGs)

Unused

Input signals (16 bytes, X64 and up) Output signals (4 bytes, Y64 and up)

8.7.7Other Notes

Address allocation

Page 154: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

140

FANUC I/O Link–AS–i converter is stand alone unit which converts fromFANUC I/O Link (omit as I/O Link) to AS–i interface (omit as AS–i).

This unit converts form AS–i to I/O Link. And it makes possible to useDI/DO signals of AS–i slaves on PMC which is provided with CNC viaan I/O Link.

CNCand so on

I/O Link– AS–i

converter unit

I/O Unit

I/O Link

I/O LinkAS–i POWER

AS–i

Slave

AS–i

AS–i

Slave

AS–i

Slave

A03B–0817–C001

(1)Specification of AS–i sideNumber of I/O points

Max. DI:124 points, DO:124 pointsNumber of AS–i slaves

Max. 31 units

(2)Specification of I/O Link sideOccupied I/O points DI:256 points, DO:256 points

24VDC (10%) 100mA

2.4W

350g

8.8CONNECTION OFFANUC I/O LINK–AS–ICONVERTER

8.8.1Outline

8.8.1.1Strong point

8.8.1.2Ordering specification

8.8.1.3Specification

8.8.1.4Power supply

8.8.1.5Heat value

8.8.1.6Weight

Page 155: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

141

I/O Link–AS–i converter has been designed on the assumption that theyare housed in closed cabinets. The environmental conditions wheninstalling these cabinets shall conform to the following.

(1)Surrounding temperatureDuring operation : 0 to 55CDuring preservation and transportation : –20 to 60C

(2)Temperature changing rate : Max. 1.1C/min

(3)HumidityNormal condition : 75% or less (no condensation)Short period ( one month or shorter ) : Max.95% (no

condensation)

(4)VibrationDuring operation : 0.5G or lessNon operation : 1.0G or less

(5)AtomosphereWhen the unit is used in areas with high density of dust, cutting fluid or organic solvent, the user should consult FANUC.

Unit : mm

8.8.2Installation

8.8.2.1Environmentalconditions

8.8.2.2Outer dimensions

Page 156: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

142

AS–i terminal

1) Cautions for mounting unit(1)Use the unit in a completely sealed cabinet.(2)Mount the unit on a vertical surface, and allow a space of at least

100 mm above and below the unit. Do not place any unit generatinga large amount of heat under the detector interface unit.

2) Details of mounting holes

Front view

Unit : mm

8.8.2.3Arrangement ofconnector

8.8.2.4Installation

Page 157: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

143

CAUTIONThis unit reqires a clearance on both sides for maintenance purposes to accommodate ascrewdriver inserted obliquely when the detector interface unit is mounted or removed.As a guideline, allow a gap of at least about 20mm between this unit and each adjacent unitif the detector interface unit is not shorter than adjacent unit, and about 70mm if it is shorter.If this unit is mounted next to the side of the cabinet, allow a gap of at least about 70mm betweenthe unit and the cabinet side.

Maintenance clearance around unit.

Unit : mm

Top View

Page 158: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

144

3) Using DIN rail for mounting

DIN rail

DIN rail

How to mount

1. Place the hook of the unit on the top end of the DIN rail2. Push in the unit firmly until it clicks.

How to remove

1. Pull down the look on the unit using a flat–blade screwdriver or similar object.2. Remove the unit by pulling bottom towerd you.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the lock when removing the unit, be careful not to apply excessiveforce to the lock. When mounting and removing the unit, whenever possible, hold thetop and bottom edges. Do not apply force to the sides (where the are slits are located).

Page 159: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

145

CNC

JD1B JD1A

I/O Link JD1A

JD1B JD1A

CP1 Terminal24VDC

Power Supply

Such as I/O UnitAS–i Converter

AS–i slave

AS–i cable

FANUC I/O Link

AS–i slaveAS–i power

8.8.3Connection

8.8.3.1General connectiondiagram

Page 160: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

146

Supply power to this unit from CNC or external resource.

24VDC stabilized power(24VDC10%)

CP1

0V

+24V

321

Select a source that meets

the external power terminal

AMP JAPAN1–178288–3 (housing)1–175218–5 (contact)

I/O Link AS–i converter External power

Recommended cable (using external power) : A02B–0124–K830 (5m)

(Crimp terminal of size M3 is available on the external power side)

It is possible to turn–on/off of AS–i power which connects with AS–icommunication cable at any time/

8.8.3.2Connecting Input powersource

8.8.3.3Power turn–on/offsequence

Page 161: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

147

Screw for detachable terminal

AS–i cable

+:Brown

–:Blue

Two sets of ”+” terminaland ”–” terminal areconnected inside this uniteach other.

1) Strip insulator of AS–i cable, and screw to the terminal of AS–i converter.

2) Terminal of this unit is detachable, and it is possible to connect cabletaking off from unit. When you set terminal into unit again, screw bothside of terminal securely.

3) This unit have two AS–i “+” terminal and two AS–i “–” one. It is easyto separate some AS–i cables. Two sets of “+” terminal and “–”terminal are connected inside this unit each other. Please use terminalwhichever you are easy to work.

4) You must not to connect two cables into one terminal. Please connectone cable into each one terminal.

5) Connect “GND” terminal with frame ground.

8.8.3.4Connection of AS–iterminal

Page 162: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

148

Assign 32 byte input and 32 byte output on the I/O LinkAssign name : input OC03I, output OC03O

Input Output

X bit 7–4 bit 3–0 Y bit 7–4 bit 3–0

+0 Slave #1 input Reserved +0 Slave #1 output Reserved

+1 Slave #3 input Slave #2 input +1 Slave #3 output Slave #2 output

+2 Slave #5 input Slave #4 input +2 Slave #5 output Slave #4 output

+3 Slave #7 input Slave #6 input +3 Slave #7 output Slave #6 output

+4 Slave #9 input Slave #8 input +4 Slave #9 output Slave #8 output

+5 Slave #11 input Slave #10 input +5 Slave #11 output Slave #10 output

+6 Slave #13 input Slave #12 input +6 Slave #13 output Slave #12 output

+7 Slave #15 input Slave #14 input +7 Slave #15 output Slave #14 output

+8 Slave #17 input Slave #16 input +8 Slave #17 output Slave #16 output

+9 Slave #19 input Slave #18 input +9 Slave #19 output Slave #18 output

+10 Slave #21 input Slave #20 input +10 Slave #21 output Slave #20 output

+11 Slave #23 input Slave #22 input +11 Slave #23 output Slave #22 output

+12 Slave #25 input Slave #24 input +12 Slave #25 output Slave #24 output

+13 Slave #27 input Slave #26 input +13 Slave #27 output Slave #26 output

+14 Slave #29 input Slave #28 input +14 Slave #29 output Slave #28 output

+15 Slave #31 input Slave #30 input +15 Slave #31 output Slave #30 output

+16 AS–i Master Status(1) +16 Command Flag

+17 AS–i Master Status(2) +17 Command Code

+18 Board Status(1) +18 Command Parameters(1)

+19 Board Status(2) +19 Command Parameters(2)

+20 List of Slave(1) #1 – #7 +20 Command Parameters(3)

+21 List of Slave(2) #8 – #15 +21 Command Parameters(4)

+22 List of Slave(3) #16 – #23 +22 Reserved

+23 List of Slave(4) #24 – #31 +23 Reserved

+24 Command Status +24 Reserved

+25 Command Error Code +25 Reserved

+26 Command Reply Data(1) +26 Reserved

+27 Command Reply Data(2) +27 Reserved

+28 Command Reply Data(3) +28 Reserved

+29 Command Reply Data(4) +29 Reserved

+30 Reserved +30 Reserved

+31 Reserved +31 Reserved

8.8.4DI/DO Map on the I/OLink

Page 163: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

149

NOTEIn the 18i–LNA, addresses for the I/O link of this unit mustbe allocated as follows:

Input: X96 to X127 (32 bytes) Assign module name:OC03I

Output: Y96 to Y127 (32 bytes) Assign module name:OC03O

Then, X+0, X+1, and X+31 in the above table indicate X96,X97, and X127, respectively. (The Y locations are indicatedin the same manner.)

signal input is assigned on from X+0 to X+15, signal output is assignedon from Y+0 to Y+15. 1 means ON state and 0 means OFF state.

Input

address bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0

Input of slave #1 ReservedX+0

IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

Input of slave #3 Input of slave #2X+1

IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1 IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1

::

Input of slave #31 Input of slave #30X+15

IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1 IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1

Output

address bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0

Output of slave #1 ReservedY+0

OUT4 OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

Output of slave #3 Output of slave #2Y+1

OUT4 OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT4 OUT3 OUT2 OUT1

::

Output of slave #31 Output of slave #30Y+15

OUT4 OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT4 OUT3 OUT2 OUT1

8.8.5Details of I/O LinkDI/DO

8.8.5.1input / output data area

Page 164: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

150

address bit item bit status Condition of flag on

X+16 0 Off line phase status 1 : off line0 : not off line

When the off line phase is active;configuring process is executed, orAS–i power supply fail

1 AS–i power supplystatus

1 : Voltage on AS–i line is toolow

0 : normal

AS–i power supply is off or too low

2 Operation status 1 : Normal operation0 : initialize operation

normal operation mode; AS–i com-munication is possible

3 Operation mode 1 : Configuration mode0 : Protected mode

configuration mode

4 Status of automaticaddressing

1 : possible0 : impossible

Automatic addressing can beexecuted.(protected mode, automatic addres-sing is enabled and exactly oneslave is currently out of operation)

5 Reserved

6 Connection of slavewith address 0

1 : connected0 : not connected

Slave with address 0 is connected.

7 Configuration matchstatus

1 : match0 : mismatch

Current configuration is same asconfigured(desired) configuration

X+17 0 Off line operationstatus

1 : off line0 : not off line

1 Reserved

2 EEPROM status 1 : normal0 : failure

internal EEPROM of AS–i masteris OK

3 Automatic addressingenable status

1 : enabled0 : not enabled

Automatic addressing is enabled

4–7 Reserved

address bit item bit status

X+18 0 AS–i data ready 1 : DI/DO data is valid 0 : DI/DO data is invalid

1 Error status 1 : Error is occurred 0 : normal

2 AS–i master fail 1 : AS–i master fail 0 : normal

3 ROM fail 1 : ROM fail 0 : normal

4 RAM fail 1 : RAM fail 0 : normal

5 Watch Dog Alarm 1 : Watch Dog Alarm 0 : normal

6 Reserved

7 Reserved

X+19 0–3 Software edition

4–7 Hardware edition

8.8.5.2AS–i status

Page 165: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

151

Output signals on the list of slave area (address X+20 – X+23) is changedaccording to the list output mode setting parameter (Y+16 bit 6 and bit 7)

address bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0

X+20 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 Reserved

X+21 #15 #14 #13 #12 #11 #10 #9 #8

X+22 #23 #22 #21 #20 #19 #18 #17 #16

X+23 #31 #30 #29 #28 #27 #26 #25 #24

mode 0 : List of discrepancies between LPS(List of configured slaves)and LES(List of detected slaves)1 : There is a discrepancies between LPS and LES.0 : There is no discrepancies between LPS and LES.

mode 1 : LES(List of detected slaves)1 : detected slave0 : not detected slave

mode 2 : LAS(List of activated slaves)1 : activated slave0 : not activated slave

mode 3 : LPS(List of configured slaves)1 : configurred slave0 : not configurred slave

If you want to see which slave is connected, check LES (mode 1).If you want to see which slave is configured, check LPS (mode 2).Normally, you had better set the list output mode to 0. When the operationmode is the protected mode and the configuration mismatch error isoccurred, the list of discrepancies between LPS and LES indicates theaddress number of the mismatch slave.

NOTEWhen the list output mode setting is changed, it takes threeseconds maximum until the list output is changed. If youread the list by the ladder program, be sure to confirm thelist output mode status before reading the list of slaves.

8.8.5.3List of slave

Page 166: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

152

It can be done that reading and writing the parameters of the AS–i slaveunit, changing the address, reading I/O configuration and ID code fromthe ladder program.

Command code(HEX)

Commnad Parameters bytelength

reply data bytelength

0AH Writing the parameter value of the specified slave to EEPROM of AS–i master

2 0

0BH Reading the parameter value of the specified slave fromEEPROM of AS–i master

1 1

0CH Writing the parameter value to the slave 2 1

0DH Reading the parameter value from the slave 1 1

12H Reading I/O configuration and ID code from the slave 1 2

17H Change the address of the specified slave 2 0

DO (ladder program –> converter)

address name contents

Y+16 Command flag Command execution request flag, list output modesetting

Y+17 Command code Command code

Y+18 Command parameters 1 Parameters if it exists

Y+19 Command parameters 2 Parameters if it exists

Y+20 Command parameters 3 Parameters if it exists

Y+21 Command parameters 4 Parameters if it exists

DI (converter –> ladder program)

address name contents

X+24 Command status End flag, list output mode status

X+25 Command error status Error code of the executed command

X+26 Command reply data 1 Reply data if it exists

X+27 Command reply data 2 Reply data if it exists

X+28 Command reply data 3 Reply data if it exists

X+29 Command reply data 4 Reply data if it exists

8.8.6Command Executionby the Ladder Program

8.8.6.1Commands that can beexecuted from the ladderprogram

8.8.6.2Command interface ofladder program

Page 167: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

153

address bit contents

Y+16 0 Request Flag 1 : Command is requested

1 Reserved

2 Reserved

3 Reserved

4 Reserved

5 Reserved

6 list output mode setting

700 : discrepancies between LPS and LES 01 : LES 10 : LAS 11 : LPS

X+24 0 End Flag 1 : End of command

1 Error Flag 1 : Command error (refer to error code)

2 Reserved

3 Reserved

4 Reserved

5 Reserved

6 list output mode status

700 : discrepancies between LPS and LES 01 : LES 10 : LAS 11 : LPS

error code(HEX) meaning

00H Command normal termination

02H slave address error

03H Specified slave is not active. (not exist in LAS)

04H slave with address 0 exits

05H AS–i communication error

06H EEPROM error

07H Command or parameter error

08H impossible command

09H Command error (command code error)

8.8.6.3Details of command flagand status

8.8.6.4Error code

Page 168: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

154

Execution of command

Command code

Command parameter

Request flag

End flag

Error status

Response data

(1)Application side : Check that request flag and end flag keep off, thenwrite command code. If necessary, parameter data should be writtenat same time. Then set the request flag turned on. It does not matter thatthe writing of command code and turning on of request flag areoperated at the same scan.

(2)Converter side : If request flag turn on, the converter reads the contentsof command and operates it. After operation of command, convertersends on error status and receive data, makes end flag turned on.

(3)Application side : Wait till end flag turn on. After turn on, read the errorstatus. If no error occurred and response data is included, read it. Afteroperation, make request flag turned off.

(4)Converter side : After request flag turned off, the converter makes endflag turned off.

(1)A parameter value for the specified AS–i slave is transferred toEEPROM of AS–i converter.

address bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

Set data Y+17 0AH

Y+18 Slave address (01H to 1FH)

Y+19 0 Parameter

Y+20 to Y+21 none

Response data X+25 Error code

A parameter value that is written in EEPROM is not transferred to thespecified AS–i slave at execution of command. It is transferred at nextpower on.

8.8.6.5An order of commandhandshake

8.8.6.6Details of commands

Page 169: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

155

(2)A specified slave parameter value on the EEPROM of AS–i converteris read.

address bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

Set data Y+17 0BH

Y+18 Slave address (01H to 1FH)

Y+19 to Y+21 none

Response data X+25 Error code

X+26 0 Parameter

(3)A parameter value is transferred to the specified AS–i slave

address bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

Set data Y+17 0CH

Y+18 Slave address (01H to 1FH)

Y+19 0 Parameter

Y+20 to Y+21 none

Response data X+25 Error code

X+26 0 Parameter

A parameter value is transferred to the specified AS–i slave at executionof command. However this value is disappeared when AS–i converter isturned off, because this value is not stored on EEPROM of AS–iconverter.(4)A parameter value is read from the specified AS–i slave

address bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

Set data Y+17 0DH

Y+18 Slave address (01H to 1FH)

Y+19 to Y+21 none

Response data X+25 Error code

X+26 0 Parameter

(5)Read actual I/O configuration data and actual ID codes of an addressedslave detected on the AS–i.

address bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

Set data Y+17 12H

Y+18 Slave address (01H to 1FH)

Y+19 to Y+21 none

Response data X+25 Error code

X+26 0 ID code

0 I/O configuration

(6)Change slave address

address bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

Set data Y+17 0CH

Y+18 Old slave address (01H to 1FH)

Y+19 New slave address (01H to 1FH)

Y+20 to Y+21 none

Response data X+25 Error code

Page 170: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

156

If an AS–i slave with address 0 is connected, this command cannot beexecuted.

(3) Setting switch

(2) 7 segment LED

(1)LED

(4) AS–i terminal

8.8.7LED Display andSetting SwitchOperation

Page 171: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

157

name color meaning

Unit POW Green Power supply to the unit is on.

ERR Red Unit Error (refer to the other LED, 7 segments LED display or status onthe I/O Link about details of error)

I/O Link RDY Green I/O Link Ready (I/O Link communication available)

ALM Red I/O Link Alarm (refer to the 7 segments LED display)

AS–i AUP Green AUtomatic address Programming availableThe LED lit when the operation mode is the protected mode and auto-matic addressing is enabled.

CM Green LED lit: Configuration ModeLED off: Protected Mode

APF Red AS–i Power supply Fail

CER Red Configuration ERrorThe LED is lit when the slave configuration detected on the AS–i cabledeviates from the configured configuration. (LPS¤ ID code¤ or I/O con-figuration is deviated)

LED display meaning

no display Normal operation

E0 AS–i master error

E1 AS–i master EEPROM error

E2 ROM error

E3 RAM error

E5 Command execution error, SET switch execution error

E6 I/O Link slave Watch Dog Alarm

E7 I/O Link RAM error

E8 Watch Dog Alarm1

E9. or “.”(dot) Watch Dog Alarm2

00 – 31 Slave address display (refer to the table below)

88 Initialize operation, mode shifting, AS–i power supply fail

operation mode normal operation When the setting switch DISP is pressed.

configuration mode no display Display every attached slave units at about one second inter-val. (LES display)

protected mode The smallest addressnumber from configurationmismatch slaves is dis-played.

Display every configuration mismatch slave at about one se-cond interval. (display the list of discrepancies between LPSand LES)note: nothing is displayed when there is no configuration mis-match slave.

8.8.7.1LED display

8.8.7.27 segments LED display

Page 172: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

158

Setting switch Operation mode

Configuration mode Protected mode

DISP Display the address number of the slave units(Next input of the setting switch is not accepted until the display of every slave is finished.)

Display every attached slave units at about onesecond interval. (disply LES)

Display every configuration mismatch slave atabout one second interval. (display the list ofdiscrepancies between LPS and LES)note: nothing is displayed when there is no con-figuration mismatch slave.

SET Change the operation modenote: The mode is not changed continuously, even if the SET switch is keep pressing. Be sure toturn off the switch longer than one second.

When the SET switch is pressed for more than 5seconds, current slave configuration (LPS, IDcode, I/O configuration, Parameter) is config-ured, automatic addressing is enabled, and themode is changed to the protected mode. (note1)

When the SET switch is pressed for less than 5seconds, the mode is changed to the protectedmode without configuring. Also the automaticaddressing is not available. (note 2)

When the SET switch is pressed for more than 5seconds, the mode is changed to the configura-tion mode.

When the SET switch is pressed for less than 5seconds, the mode is not changed.

NOTEIt can not be configured when the slave with address “0” isattached. Also the mode can not be changed to theprotected mode. Alarm “E5” is displayed on the 7 segmentsLED.

8.8.7.3Setting switch

Page 173: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

159

Check error status on the LED display or on the I/O Link.

alarm or LED indicator status signal on I/O Link Possible cause, dealing with errorswarning LED 7 seg-

ments LEDERRX+18 bit 1

AS–idata

readyX+18bit 0

else

normaloperation

– off 0 1 – –

configurationmismatch

CER lit (note 1) 0 1 X+16bit7=0

Current configuration does not match config-ured configuration.When the protected mode, use the DISPswitch to check the mismatch slave address.The possible cause are slave unit failure, dis-connection of AS–i cable, communication er-ror caused by the noise.

duringinitialization,changingmode

– 88 0 0 X+16bit0=1

or X+17bit0=1

AS–i powersupply fail

APF lit 88 1 0 X+16bit1=1

Check the AS–i power supply and AS–icable.This status is restored when the AS–i poweris normal.

AS–i masterinternalEEPROMfail

ERR lit E1 1 0 X+17bit2=0

Turn on the power again. Because the con-figuration may be failed, set to configureagain. If the alarm is occurred again, replacethe converter unit.

AS–i masterfail

ERR lit E0 1 0 X+18bit2=1

Turn on the power again. If the alarm is oc-curred again, replace the converter unit

ROM fail ERR lit E2 1 0 X+18bit3=1

Replace the converter unit.

RAM fail ERR lit E3 1 0 X+18bit4=1

Replace the converter unit.

Watch Dogalarm 1

ERR lit E8 1 0 X+18bit5=1

Replace the converter unit.

Watch DogAlarm 2

ERR lit E9 or”.(dot)”

1 0 – I/O Link system alarm is occurred on the hostCNC.Replace the converter unit.

I/O Link slave watchdog

ERR lit E6 – – – I/O Link system alarm is occurred on the hostCNC.This error is occurred when the power of theother I/O Link slave unit is off, or the discon-nection of I/O Link cables.It may be communication error caused bynoise.

I/O LinkRAM fail

ERR lit E7 – – – I/O Link system alarm is occurred on the hostCNC.Replace the converter unit.

8.8.8Dealing with Errors

Page 174: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

160

NOTE1 When the protected mode, the smallest address number

from configuration mismatch slaves is displayed. When theconfiguration mode, nothing is displayed.

2 The alarm of the converter unit should be watched anddisplay by the ladder program.

3 When the ERR LED is lit (the alarm of converter unit isoccurred), DO is off and DI is also off.

4 When the AS–i communication is failed, watch dog alarm isoccurred on the slave unit. Please refer to the manual ofslave units about the behavior of output when the slavewatch dog alarm is occured. The behavior of output signalis according to the type of slave unit or parameter value.

Page 175: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

161

NO

Mount the I/O Link–AS–i Converter, AS–i

power supply and AS–i slave unit

Start

Set the address of AS–i slave unit

Connect AS–i cable

Turn on the power of I/O Link–AS–i Converter

and AS–i power supply

Configuration mode?

Press the SET switch more than 5 seconds

to change to the configuration mode.

Press the DISP switch and check the address

number of currently connected slaves.

Press the SET switch more than 5 seconds to

change to the protected mode.

End

YESmode LED

“CM”configuration lit

protected off

These operations can be done when

the I/O Link is not connected. (In

other words, even if the power of I/O

Link –AS–i Converter is turned on

and the power of CNC is turned off,

these setting operation can be done.)

NOTE1 When the mode is changed to the protected mode, slave

configuration is configured and automatic addressing isenabled.

2 Operation mode is not changed when the power of the I/OLink–AS–i Converter Unit is turned on/off. Press the SETswitch to change the operation mode.

8.8.9How to use I/O Link –AS–i Converter

8.8.9.1Installation

Page 176: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

162

(1)Operation modeThe operation mode should be protected mode in the normaloperation. In this protected mode, when the configuration mismatchis occurred by the cable disconnection, AS–i communication error, orthe slave unit failure, CER LED lit and the mismatch slave is displayedon 7 segments LED.

(2)Alarm observationThe alarm signal on the I/O Link (X+18: bit 1; 1 means that the alarmis occurred) should be watched by the ladder program of host CNC.When the alarm of the converter unit is occurred, let the PMC alarmoccur to inform the alarm to the maintenance person by the ladderprogram. The maintenance person can check the LED display or thestatus signal on the I/O Link (X+16–18) and deal with the error.

(3)Configuration mismatchConfiguration mismatch means that the current slave configuration isnot same as the configuration, which is configured when the operationmode is changed from the configuration mode to the protected mode.When the protected mode and the CER LED is lit, every number ofmismatch slaves is displayed successively by pressing the DISPswitch. The ladder program of host CNC should watch the configurationmismatch status (X+16:bit 7). When the mismatch is occurred, let thePMC alarm occur to inform to the maintenance person by the ladderprogram. The maintenance person can check the LED display bypressing DISP switch to know the mismatch slave number and dealwith it. The mismatch slave number can be displayed on the LCD ofthe host CNC by the ladder program.

(4)Possible cause of the configuration mismatchThe cable disconnection, the communication error, or the failure of theAS–i slave unit causes the configuration mismatch.

a) A cable disconnectionIn case of cable disconnection, all slaves after disconnection pointmay be mismatched.

b) A communication errorInstantaneous communication error may be canceled and operatednormally after the power is off. Check if the electrical connectionof the AS–i slave, the noise source near cable and slaves.

c) A slave unit failureIf the mismatch is occurred permanently after the power is turnedon again, the slave unit may be failed.When the LED AUP is lit, you can replace the slave unit withaddress 0 and this slave address is set automatically by automaticaddressing function.When the plural slave are replaced, slave address must be set byusing the Addressing Device.

d) An unconfigured AS–i slave is connected

8.8.9.2Normal operation

Page 177: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

163

(5)AS–i data ready flag (X+18: bit 0)When the AS–i data ready flag is on, the data on the I/O Link is valid.DI signal should not be used when the AS–i data ready flag is off. Thisflag should be check by the ladder program.

(6)Abnormality detection circuitExamples of detecting AS–i abnormalities (such as a communicationabnormality and power supply abnormality) are given below. AnAS–i abnormality is detected five seconds after power–on.Abnormality flags are cleared by reset operation on the operator’spanel.

Example of a circuit for detecting a communication abnormality

X0112.1

X01

X0112.

On at all times

X01

Wait for 5 seconds

Communication abnormality flag

Communication abnormality

Normal communicationTo emergency stop circuit

X0112.1 : AS–i power supply abnormality (A voltage drops belowthe operating level because of a power supply failureor short–circuit.)

X0112.6 : Cabled unit 0 detected. (When, because of additionof a cabled unit, for example, slave No. is not set.) Initially, any slave No. is set to 0.

X0112.7 : Matching confirmation. (Turned off when a differencefrom the initial setting is generated because of disconnection or addition of a cabled unit.)

X0114.1 : Abnormality in converter unit

RST : Reset input signal on the operator’s panel

Page 178: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

164

NOTE1 When a communication abnormality is found, indicate it with

an indicator lamp, and turn off the operation ready signal.2 On the I/O Link, assignment of addresses starting from

X0096 to the converter unit is shown.

(7)Abnormality history circuitThe following explains how to record a history of AS–i abnormalities.The circuit shown below starts monitoring the AS–i communicationand I/O Link–AS–i converter statuses five seconds after the power isturned on. In the circuit, a history of the latest ten abnormalities isstored in retaining type relays D0100 to D0179.The latest abnormality data is stored in D0100 to D0107. Each timean abnormality occurs, past abnormality data is shifted eight bytes tothe higher address. The tenth abnormality data stored in D0172 toD0179 will be erased when another abnormality occurs.

Data area in the abnormality history circuit

0112

Latest abnormalityrecord

(Latest – 1)abnormalityrecord

Status area of the I/O Link–AS–i converter

I/O Link–AS–i converter alarm

Slave 0 present

Slave configuration mismatch

Operation mode1 = protection2 = Configuration

Normal operation

AS–i power supply voltage drop

10 abnormalities are recorded.(Old data is shifted automatically.)

X0116 to X0119 : Difference between planned slave and detected slave(1 indicates an abnormal slave.)

Page 179: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

165

NOTE1 On the I/O Link, assignment of addresses starting from

X0096 to the converter unit is shown.2 The planned slave is a set cabled unit.3 The detected slave is an actually connected cabled unit.

Page 180: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link B–63393EN/02

166

Abnormality history circuit example

On at all times

Wait for 5 seconds

Abnormality of mismatch

Mismatch ON

Read abnormality data.

Mismatch

AS–i power supplyabnormality

Shift abnormality data tohigher address.

Copy latest abnormalitydata to D0100.

Page 181: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 8. CONNECTION TO FANUC I/O Link

167

NOTE1 On the I/O Link, assignment of addresses starting from

X0096 to the converter unit is shown.2 For D0010, D0100 to D0179, and R0010, use unused

addresses.

I/O Link–AS–i converter is applied to CE marking.

Because I/O Link–AS–i converter is based on European Standard aboutAS–i (EN50295), this unit is not tested for surge immunity.

8.8.10CE Marking

Page 182: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

9. EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL B–63393EN/02

168

9 EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL

Using the emergency stop signal effectively enables the design of safemachine tools.The emergency stop signal is provided to bring a machine tool to anemergency stop. It is input to the CNC controller, servo amplifier, andspindle amplifier. An emergency stop signal is usually generated byclosing the B contact of a pushbutton switch.When the emergency stop signal (*ESP) contact is closed, the CNCcontroller enters the emergency stop released state, such that the servo andspindle motors can be controlled and operated.When the emergency stop signal (*ESP) contact opens, the CNCcontroller is reset and enters the emergency stop state, and the servo andspindle motors are decelerated to a stop.Shutting off the servo amplifier power causes a dynamic brake to beapplied to the servo motor. Even when a dynamic brake is applied,however, a servo motor attached to a vertical axis can move under theforce of gravity. To overcome this problem, use a servo motor with abrake.While the spindle motor is running, shutting off the motor–driving powerto the spindle amplifier allows the spindle motor to continue runningunder its own inertia, which is quite dangerous. When the emergency stopsignal (*ESP) contact opens, it is necessary to confirm that the spindlemotor has been decelerated to a stop, before the spindle motor power isshut off.The FANUC control amplifier α series products are designed to satisfythe above requirements. The emergency stop signal should be input to thepower supply module (called the PSM). The PSM outputs a motor powerMCC control signal, which can be used to switch the power applied to thepower supply module on and off.The CNC controller is designed to detect overtravel by using a softwarelimit function. Normally, no hardware limit switch is required to detectovertravel. If the machine goes beyond a software limit because of a servofeedback failure, however, it is necessary to provide a stroke end limitswitch, connected so that the emergency stop signal can be used to stopthe machine.Fig. 11 shows an example showing how to use the emergency stop signalwith this CNC controller and α series control amplifier.

WARNING

Page 183: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 9. EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL

169

+X –X +Y –Y +Z –Z +4 –4

Stroke end limit switch Emergencystop button

Relaypower

Release switch

Spark killer

SK

Spark killer

SK

RelayEMG

emg1

emg2

CNC control unit

+24

*ESP

+24

*ESP

MCCOFF3

MCCOFF4

α series control amplifier(PSM)

SVMSPM

L1 L2

L3

External power source

L1

L2

3φ200VAC

Circuit breaker 1 MCC AC reactor

Coil

L3

(X8.4 or X1008.4)

Fig. 9

NOTEFor the actual circuit configuration and the emergency stopunit used, observe the specifications defined by TOYOTAMOTOR CORP.

The emergency stop signal is controlled as an input signal for the CNC(X8.4 or X1008.4) and as an input to the power supply module (PSM) thatdirectly shut off the motor driving power.

Brake control atemergency stop

Emergency stop signal

Page 184: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

9. EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL B–63393EN/02

170

When an emergency stop is performed, brake control is performed not tocause the servo motor to fall. To do this, the servo–motor driving powermust be shut off with the brake applied. In actual operation, the followingtwo controls are required:

1) Processing of emergency stop for the CNC (X8.4 or X1008.4)

When an emergency stop is input to the CNC, the motor is decelerated,then excitation is turned off. If the brake control function shown belowis enabled, servo excitation is turned off after a time preset in the timerelapses.

The axis that controls the brake prevents the motor from falling if thebrake control function is enabled, and a timer value is set. As the timervalue, set a time required until the brake is applied, which is about 100ms to 200 ms.

Parameter setting#7

2005#6

BRKC#5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

[Data type] Bit axis

BRKC The brake control function is:

0 : Disabled.1 : Enabled.

2083 Brake control timer

Increment system : msecSetting range : 0 to 16000

2) Direct shut–off of the motor driving power

To shut off the motor driving power directly, an emergency stop signalis input to the PSM, and the AC power supplied to the servo motorthrough the PSM contact output is turned off. In this case, when brakecontrol is to be performed not to cause the servo motor to fall, the servomotor driving power must be shut off with the brake applied.Therefore, it is necessary to delay the emergency stop signal input tothe PSM for the timer value set in 1) above. For this reason, anoff–delay timer needs to be provided outside the PSM.

Brake control

Page 185: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 10. HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB)

171

10 HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB)

Page 186: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

10. HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB) B–63393EN/02

172

The high–speed serial bus (HSSB) enables the high–speed transfer oflarge amounts of data between a commercially available IBM PC orcompatible personal computer and a CNC, by connecting them via ahigh–speed optical fiber.

The use of the HSSB requires an IBM PC/AT compatible computer orFANUC intelligent terminal. The machine tool builder or end user isrequired to procure and maintain the personal computer.To enable the use of the HSSB, Windows 95 or Windows NT must havebeen installed on the personal computer.FANUC owns the copyright for the HSSB device driver.The software mentioned above and the contents of the related manualsmay not be used or reproduced in part or whole without the prior writtenpermission of FANUC.

NOTE1 IBM is a registered trademark of IBM Corp. of the US.2 Windows 95 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp. of

the US.3 The company and product names mentioned in this manual

are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respectivecompanies.

10.1OVERVIEW

10.2CAUTIONS

Page 187: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 10. HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB)

173

CAUTION1 The machine tool builder or end user is required to procure

and maintain the personal computer.2 FANUC is not liable for any problems resulting from the

operation of users’ personal computers, regardless ofwhether the operations are normal or abnormal.

(1)The personal computer interface board complies with the ISAstandard. It can be used in the PC/AT and compatibles. (The CPU ofthe personal computer must be a 486 or better.

(2)The following address space is used to control the high–speed serialbus. This space cannot be used by other functions or extension boards.

16 bytes of ISA I/O space corresponding to the addresses specifiedwith the setting switch, as explained in Section 10.5.

(3)The connections between the selected personal computer and CNCcontroller should be tested before they are used for actual production.

(4)The personal computer interface boards require as below.

1ch +5V, 1A

2ch +5V, 1.5A

(1)Personal computer interface boards

The same environmental conditions as those for the installation of thepersonal computer must be satisfied.

(2)CNC interface board

The same environmental conditions as those described earlier for theinstallation of the CNC control unit must be satisfied.

10.3PERSONALCOMPUTERSPECIFICATION

10.4INSTALLATIONENVIRONMENT

Page 188: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

10. HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB) B–63393EN/02

174

WARNINGBefore starting to mount or remove a personal computerinterface board, switch off the personal computer and itsperipheral devices, and disconnect their power supplycables. Otherwise, there is a serious danger of electricshock.

(1)Set the I/O addresses before installing the board. Set I/O baseaddresses which do not overlap the I/O address areas exclusively usedby the personal computer and ISA expansion board. (See the figurebelow.)When using multiple personal computer interface boards, set the I/Obase addresses so that those addresses do not overlap each other.

(2)Remove the blank panel from the expansion slot of the personalcomputer.

(3) Insert the interface board. Ensure that it has been completely insertedinto the ISA connector.

(4)Fix the metal brackets with screws.

CAUTIONDo NOT touch the edge terminals (the contacts that engagewith a mating connector) of the interface board.

A20B–8001–0583

A20B–8001–0582

L M N

Personal computerinterface boardsNew type 2

(When viewed fromthe top of the board)

Channel A

Channel A

Channel B

The I/O base address of the interface board is LMN0h(*1). The factory settings are as follows:

A20B–8001–0583L, M, N = 0, 2, 8 for channel A (COP7A)

A20B–8001–0582L, M, N = 0, 2, 8 for channel A (COP7A)L, M, N = 0, 2, 9 for channel B (COP7B)

*1 When the base address is LMN0h, LMN0h to LMNFh are used.

I/O base address setting(for personal computer interface board of new type 2 (A20–B–8100–0582, –0583))

10.5PROCEDURE FORINSTALLINGPERSONALCOMPUTERINTERFACE BOARDS

Page 189: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 10. HIGH–SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB)

175

(1)Personal computer interface board

(A) Electrostatic interferenceThe personal computer interface board is shipped in an anti–staticbag. To store or transport the interface board, always place it inthe anti–static bag. Before removing the interface board from theanti–static bag, ground your body.

(B) Protection of card edge terminalsWhen handling the personal computer interface board, do NOTtouch its card edge terminals (the gold–plated contacts whichengage with a mating connector). If you accidentally touch anycard edge terminal, wipe it gently with clean or ethylalcohol–dipped tissue paper or absorbent cotton. Do not use anyorganic solvent other than ethyl alcohol.

(2)Optical connector and cableSee Appendix D.

CNC interface cardOptical cable

Personal computerinterface card

COP7 COP7

Compatible cables (optical cables, used for interconnections)A66L–6001–0026#L

For an explanation of the cable length and other related information, seeAppendix D.

NOTEAn optical cable of up to 100 m can be used only when theNC side interface board A02B–0236–J202 (printed circuitboard drawing number: A20B–8001–0641) is used with thepersonal computer interface board (A20B–8001–0582 or–0583).

10.6HANDLINGPRECAUTIONS

10.7RECOMMENDEDCABLES

Page 190: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD B–63393EN/02

176

11 PLC INTERFACE BOARD

Page 191: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD

177

The PLC interface board is an optional board having an interface forinstalling a PLC supplied by a PLC manufacturer. After installing a PLC,install the PLC interface board in option slot 2 of the three–slot controlunit of the Series 18i–LNA.On the PLC interface board, a CNC I/O connector is also provided towhich signals such as the emergency stop signal and skip signal areconnected.For the functions of the I/O signals, refer to the Connection Manual(Function) (B–63393EN–1).For the connection of a PLC, refer to the relevant manual supplied by thePLC manufacturer.

11.1OVERVIEW

Page 192: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD B–63393EN/02

178

Function Abbreviation Connector Number ConnectorNo. of pins specification

Input/output 1 DI/DO C80 20 MRH–20FA

Input/output 2 DI/DO C81 20 MRH–20MA

Position

11.2PLC BOARDCONNECTORLAYOUT

Page 193: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD

179

1) Pin assignment

a) I/O–1: C80 (MR20RFA)

01 RCHA

02 RCHHGA

03 *IT4

04 SVF4

05 COM1

06 +24E

07 +24E

08 0V

09 COM2

10 EUCLPB

11 ECLPB

12 (Unused)

13 (Unused)

14 RCHPA

15 MOVE4

16 UCLPB

17 CLPB

18 (Unused)

19 SPSTDT

20 0V

b) I/O–2: C81 (MR20RMA)

01 (Unused)

02 (Unused)

03 (Unused)

04 (Unused)

05

06

07

08 0V

09 HCOM2

10 (Unused)

11 (Unused)

12 PWES

13 SKIP

14 *ESP

15 (Unused)

16 SA

17 (Unused)

18

19 +24E

20 +24E

11.3CONNECTION

Page 194: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD B–63393EN/02

180

2) Signal connection (circuit inside the M–NET board/PLC board)

a) C80

Receiver

0V

RCHA(X1034.0)

RCHHGA(X1034.1)

*IT4(X1034.2)

SVF4(X1034.3)

EUCLPB(X1034.4)

ECLPB(X1034.5)

(Unused)(X1034.6)

(Unused)(X1034.7)

RCHPA(Y1034.2)

MOVE4(Y1034.3)

UCLPB(Y1034.4)

CLPB(Y1034.5)

(Unused)(Y1034.6)

SPSTDT(Y1034.7)

C80–01

C80–02

C80–03

C80–04

C80–05

C80–10

C80–11

C80–12

C80–13

C80–09

C80–14

C80–15

C80–16

C80–17

C80–18

C80–19

C80–06, 07

C80–08, 20

+24E

+0V

COM1

COM2

RR

RR

RR

RR

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Page 195: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD

181

NOTE1 COM1 is a pin for setting a common voltage for input signals

X1034.0 to X1034.3. COM2 is a pin for setting a commonvoltage for input signals X1034.4 to X1034.7.When COM1 or COM2 is connected to 0 V, the commonvoltage for the input signals is +24 V. In this case, connectthe +24 V power supply to the opposite side of the contact.If the contact is open, logical state “0” is input. If the contactis closed, logical state “1” is input.When COM1 or COM2 is connected to +24 V, the commonvoltage is 0 V. In this case, the inversion of the logical statementioned above results.If COM1 or COM2 is open, the logical states of the inputsignals are undefined. If these input signals (X1034.0 toX1034.7) are not used, connect COM1 and COM2 to 0 V.

2 +24E is a +24–V output pin. This pin is provided for use fora common signal for the above input signals or forconnection to COM1/COM2. This pin cannot be used forother purposes.

Page 196: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD B–63393EN/02

182

b) C81

Receiver

0V

0V

(Unused)(X1004.0)

(Unused)(X1004.1)

(Unused)(X1004.2)

(Unused)(X1004.3)

PWES#2

(X1004.4)

SKIP#2

(X1004.5)

PWES(X1004.6)

SKIP(X1004.7)

*ESP(X1008.4)

*ESP#2

(X1008.5)

SA(Y1034.0)

SA#2

(Y1034.1)

+24E

0V

C81–01

C81–02

C81–03

C81–04

C81–10

C81–11

C81–12

C81–13

C81–09

C81–14

C81–15

C81–16

C81–17

C81–19, 20

C81–08

HCOM

RR

RR

RR

RR

RR

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Receiver

Page 197: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 11. PLC INTERFACE BOARD

183

NOTE1 HCOM is a pin for setting a common voltage for input signals

X1004.0 to X1004.7. When HCOM is connected to 0 V, thecommon voltage for the input signals is +24 V. In this case,connect the +24 V power supply to the opposite side of thecontact. If the contact is open, logical state “0” is input. Ifthe contact is closed, logical state “1” is input.When HCOM is connected to +24 V, the common voltageis 0 V. In this case, the inversion of the logical statementioned above results.If HCOM is open, the logical states of the input signals areundefined. If these input signals (X1004.0 to X1004.7) arenot used, connect HCOM to 0 V.

2 *ESP (X1008.4) and *ESP#2 (X1008.5) are signals forwhich the common voltage is always set to +24. To theopposite side of the contact, connect +24 V. If the contactis open, logical state “0” is input. If the contact is closed,logical state “1” is input.

3 +24E is a +24–V output pin. This pin is provided for use fora common signal for the above input signals or forconnection to HCOM. This pin cannot be used for otherpurposes.

Page 198: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

12. DeviceNet BOARD B–63393EN/02

184

12 DeviceNet BOARD

Page 199: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 12. DeviceNet BOARD

185

This chapter explains the hardware specifications of the DeviceNet boardand provides connection information.

Item Specifications

Name DeviceNet board

Drawing No. A02B–0265–K412

Function One channel of DeviceNet function

PC board drawing No. A20B–8100–0490

Communication powersupply voltage

11 to 24 VDC (Supplied from communication connector)

Current consumption Communication power supply: 50 mA maximumInternal circuit power supply: 24 VDC 10% 0.2 A

Weight 200 g

NOTE1 There are two types of DeviceNet boards: the DeviceNet

slave board and DeviceNet master board. The onlydifference between the two boards is the connectionposition of setting pin TM1 on each board.

2 The installation of the DeviceNet board in the control unitmust be performed by the machine tool builder.

12.1OVERVIEW

12.2SPECIFICATIONS

Page 200: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

12. DeviceNet BOARD B–63393EN/02

186

When the DeviceNet board is used, the ambient temperature duringcontrol unit operation must be within the range of 0°C to 50°C. For otherenvironmental conditions, see the environmental conditions required forthe control unit.

The slave and master functions are set by the setting pin on the printedcircuit board. The master function is factory set by FANUC. When thisboard is used as a slave, the facility manufacturer must change the settingof the setting pin.The specifications of the slave and master functions are as follows:

1) Slave function

DeviceNet function: One slave station

DI/DO transfer size: 64/64 bytes

DI/DO transfer address: Allocated to the R area of the PMC(parameter setting)

2) Master function

DeviceNet function: One master station

Number of connected nodes: 32 nodes

DI/DO transfer size: 32/32 bytes per nodeMaximum DI/DO transfer size 1024/1024bytes

DI/DO transfer address: Allocated to the R area of the PMC(parameter setting)

TM1Master/slavesetting pin

Daughter board(from anothersupplier)

12.3ENVIRONMENTALCONDITIONS

12.4SLAVE AND MASTERFUNCTIONS

Setting pin TM1

Page 201: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 12. DeviceNet BOARD

187

TM1

MASTER SLAVE

Master functionConnect the left and center pins onthe setting pin TM1.Slave functionConnect the right and center pins onthe setting pin TM1.Factory–set by FANUCThe master function is set.

Page 202: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

12. DeviceNet BOARD B–63393EN/02

188

DeviceNet interface: Plug–in type connector (open type)

Screw

Pin No. Signal name Color code

1 V– Black

2 CANL Blue

3 SHIELD Bare

4 CANH White

5 V+ Red

Terminal block model

MSTB2.5/5–STF–5.08 (manufactured by Phoenix Contact)This terminal block is of a type that clamps a cable.Usable cable

Solid wire : 0.2 to 2.5 mm2

Thin twisted wire : 0.2 to 2.5 mm2

AWG : 24–12

For multiple connection (up to two cables connectable)

Solid wire : 0.2 to 1 mm2

Twisted wire : 0.2 to 1.5 mm2

For products for the EU, however, connecting two cables to oneterminal is not permitted. In this case, use the twin rod terminal (0.5to 1.5 mm2) manufactured by Phoenix Contact.

AI–TWIN2x0,5–8 (0.5 mm2)AI–TWIN2x0,75–8 AI–TWIN2x0,75–10 (0.75 mm2)AI–TWIN2x1–8 AI–TWIN2x1–10 (1 mm2)AI–TWIN2x1,5–8 AI–TWIN2x1,5–12 (1.5 mm2)

12.5CONNECTION

Page 203: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 12. DeviceNet BOARD

189

1) The relationship between the DI/DO transfer size of the slave functionand refresh time is as follows:

DI/DO transfer size Refresh time

From 1 byte to 32 bytes 8msec

From 33 bytes to 64 bytes 16msec

Up to 32 bytes of DIs/DOs are updated every 8 ms.

NOTEThe refresh time is the time required for the control unit(CNC) to update the I/O signals allocated to the R area.(The refresh time does not mean the I/O response time ona network.)

2) The relationship between the DI/DO transfer size of the masterfunction and refresh time is as follows:

Up to 32 bytes are refreshed separately for DIs and DOs every 8ms. The DI/DO refresh time is obtained from the followingequation:

Refresh time = INT (Total signal transfer size of all nodes32)+18msec

INT: Indicates that the integer part is to be obtained.

3) Signals are allocated to the R area by setting the start address of eachof the R signals assigned to DIs/DOs and the transfer size inparameters. According to the set DI/DO size, the refresh timementioned above is determined automatically.

1) The I/O signals with fixed addresses such as the emergency stop signalthat are used by the NC must be transferred separately through the I/OLink.

2) A terminating resistor must be connected to both ends of the main line.

3) A separate power supply for communication (11 to 24 VDC, 50 mAmaximum) is required.

4) The DeviceNet slave board occupies one mini slot of the control unit.Also, the DeviceNet master board occupies one mini slot of the controlunit.

5) For information not indicated in this section, refer to the FANUCDeviceNet Board Operator’s Manual (B–63404EN) and DeviceNetSpecifications Release 2.0 issued by ODVA.

12.6REFRESH TIME

12.7CAUTIONS

Page 204: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

12. DeviceNet BOARD B–63393EN/02

190

For attaching and detaching the DeviceNet board to and from the controlsection, use the procedures described below.

CAUTIONBefore starting DeviceNet board attachment/detachment,back up the contents of the SRAM memory of the CNC toa medium such as a memory card to protect against loss ofthe contents of the SRAM memory during operation.

1) Detaching the DeviceNet connector terminal blockThe interface connector terminal block of the DeviceNet board can bedetached without disconnecting the cables. Loosen the two screwsshown below, then pull out the terminal block toward you.

Screw Main CPU board

DeviceNet board

NOTEThe connector terminal block must be detached before themain CPU board can be detached.

2) Detaching the main CPU boardDetach the main CPU board before detaching the DeviceNetboard. For the method of detaching the main CPU board, refer to themaintenance manual.

CAUTIONThe DeviceNet board can be detached only after the mainCPU board is detached. If an attempt is made to detach theDeviceNet board before detaching the main CPU board, theDeviceNet board can interfere with the main CPU board,resulting in a damage to the boards.

3) Detaching the DeviceNet boardAfter detaching the main CPU board, detach the DeviceNet board. Forthe method of detaching the DeviceNet board, refer to the maintenancemanual.

12.8ATTACHING/DETACHINGDeviceNet BOARD

Procedure for detachingthe DeviceNet board

Page 205: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 12. DeviceNet BOARD

191

1) Detaching the main CPU boardBefore attaching the DeviceNet board, detach the main CPUboard. For the method of detaching the main CPU board, refer to themaintenance manual.

CAUTIONThe DeviceNet board can be attached only after the mainCPU board is detached. If an attempt is made to attach theDeviceNet board before detaching the main CPU board, theDeviceNet board can interfere with the main CPU board,resulting in a damage to the boards.

2) Detaching the DeviceNet connector terminal blockDetach the interface connector terminal block from the DeviceNetboard.Loosen the two screws shown below, then detach the terminal block.

Screw

3) Attaching the DeviceNet boardAttach the DeviceNet board when the main CPU board is notattached. For the method of attaching the DeviceNet board, refer tothe maintenance manual.

4) Attaching the main CPU boardAfter attaching the DeviceNet board, attach the main CPU board. Forthe method of attaching the main CPU board, refer to the maintenancemanual.

5) Attaching the DeviceNet connector terminal blockAttach the interface connector terminal block to the DeviceNet board.After attachment, tighten the two screws on the terminal block.

NOTEThe main CPU board can be attached only after theconnector terminal block is detached.

Attaching the DeviceNetboard

Page 206: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

192

13 FL–net BOARD

Page 207: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

193

FL–net is the open FA network standardized by the FA open promotionconference (JOP) in Manufacturing Science and Technology Center,which is an outside organization of the Ministry of International Trade andIndustry. As shown below, many personal computers and FA controllersof different manufacturers such as programmable controllers (PLC) andCNCs are interconnected, controlled, and monitored.

Computer

Controller

Device

High–order LAN Ethernet (TCP/IP, UDP)

FL–net (Ethernet base control network)

Field network

SensorActuator

Fig. 13.1 Example of FA control network

FL–net has various features required for FA.

1) Large–scale networkUp to 254 units (nodes) can be connected.

2) Two types of communication functions suitable for applicationsFL–net supports a common memory function that allows each node toshare the same data at all times through cyclic communication, and amessage communication function that exchanges only necessaryinformation only when required.

3) Large–capacity common memoryThe common memory is as large as 8K bits + 8K words.

4) High–speed responseResponse as fast as 50 ms/32 nodes (with 2K bits + 2K words) can beachieved.

5) High reliability based on masterless methodNo master is present, so that nodes can be connected to anddisconnected from the network without affecting the communicationof other nodes. So, each node allows free power–on/off operation andmaintenance.

13.1OVERVIEW

Page 208: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

194

Item Specifications Remarks

Name FANUC FL–net board

Specifica-tion number

A02B–0265–K414 FL–net board

Function One FL–net channel

PCB draw-ing number

A20B–8100–0530

Power sup-ply capacity

0.3A 24 VDC10% (including momen-tary variations and ripples).Via the main CPU board.

Heat output 6W

Weight 150g

Environ-ment condi-tion

See Subsection 3.1.1.

NOTEThe installation of the FL–net board in the control unit mustbe performed by the machine tool builder.

13.2SPECIFICATIONS

Page 209: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

195

Select one of the nodes connected to FL–net as a station for monitoringparticipation and separation, and use a PMC ladder to monitor, store,and display a history of participating and separated nodes on thisstation. This section will explain a concrete method using a sampleladder program.

FL–net does not impose any restriction on which node is to bespecified as the station for monitoring participation and separation.Determine a node freely considering the layout of units.

On the FL–net setting screen of the CNC determined as the station formonitoring participation and separation, assign a list of participatingnodes to the R area of the PMC. The figure shows assignment toR2000.

Bit 7

Node 7

Node 15

6

Node 6

Node 14

5

Node 5

Node 13

4

Node 4

Node 12

3

Node 3

Node 11

2

Node 2

Node 10

1

Node 1

Node 9

Bit 0

(Reserved)

Node 8

(Reserved) Node 254 Node 253 Node 252 Node 251 Node 250 Node 249 Node 248

R2001

R2031

:

Each bit indicates participation or separation of the correspondingnode. A change from 0 to 1 means participation, and a change from1 to 0 means separation.

Eight nodes are monitored per ladder scan. Therefore, all nodes aremonitored by 32 scans. If a change is detected, it is stored as historydata in the D area as well as the time at which the change was made.

One record of history data is six bytes long, consisting of a nodenumber, participation/separation flag, the day of occurrence, hour,minute, and second. The latest 10 records are stored.The records are stored so that the first record always contains the latesthistory data. As data becomes older, it is shifted, and data thatbecomes older than the 10 records is erased.The following figure shows an example in which history data is placedin D7000.

Byte 1

NodeD7000 (1st record)

2 3 4

Hour

5

Minute

Byte 6

Second Latest data

Old data

D7006 (2nd record)

D7054 (10th record)

Day ofParticipation/separation occurrence

A data table is used to display history data. Set data groups as follows,and switch among records by using page keys.

13.3MONITORINGPARTICIPATING ANDSEPARATED NODES

Page 210: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

196

Setting data groups

Displaying history data

←Node number (node 3)

←1: Participation, 0: Separation

←Day of occurrence (10)

←Hour (16 o’clock)

←Minute (45 minutes)

←Second (30 seconds)

NOTEEach node number is assigned to only one byte for spacesaving. On the PMC data table screen, however, nodenumbers are indicated with a sign, so node numbers 128and up are indicated as negative values. For this reason,set node numbers to values not greater than 127. If you findthis specification inconvenient, assign each node number totwo bytes.

Sample ladder programThis sample ladder program compares the previous participatingnodes and current participating nodes to monitor node participationand separation. The program monitors eight nodes per scan, andmonitors all nodes with 32 scans.

(Processing flow)

<1> From the list of the present participating nodes and the list of theprevious participating nodes, acquire one byte of information (foreight nodes).

<2> Exclusive OR the information <1> to obtain any bit that made achange.

<3> Obtain the change status (participation or separation) and bit numberof the bit that made a change in <2>.

<4> Shift the history to allocate a new history area.

<5> Set the node number, participation/separation flag, day ofoccurrence, hour, minute, and second.

Page 211: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

197

<6> Repeat steps <3> to <5> as necessary.

<7> Update the table index for the next scan.

D7000

D7006

D7060

<4>

WINDR instruction

<5>

R2230.0

R2231

Obtain change status

Obtain bit number

P1910P1917

P1920

R2000[0]

[31]

R2100

R2132

[0]

[31]

n]

Comparison register 1

Difference bit register

R2221

R2220

R2222

Table indexR2212

EOR

Previous participatingnodes

Current participating nodes

<7>Update index (+1)

0 0 0 0 1 0 11

0 0 00 1 1 11

0 0 0 0 0 1 00

<1>

<1>

<2>

0 to

P1900

R2032

Comparison register 2

n]

<3>

To increase history items, change the copy size of the second net of P1920.An area for this must also be allocated.

R9091.1 ACTSUB45MOVN

0054

D7000HISNOD

D7006LASHIS

When changing the number ofhistory items to 20(20–1) x 6 = 114Change 54 to 114.

Page 212: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

198

Sample ladder program

FL–net ready

FL–net monitor

Ladder diagram

Page 213: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

199

Ladder diagram

Page 214: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

200

Ladder diagram

Page 215: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

201

Ladder diagram

Set status of bit 0

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Set status of bit 1

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Page 216: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

202

Ladder diagram

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Set status of bit 3

Set status of bit 2

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Page 217: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

203

Ladder diagram

Set status of bit 4

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Set status of bit 5

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Page 218: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

204

Ladder diagram

Set status of bit 6

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Set status of bit 7

Change status (participation: 1/separation: 0)

Page 219: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

205

Ladder diagram

Set history

Page 220: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

206

Ladder diagram

Page 221: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

207

Ladder diagram

Page 222: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

13. FL–net BOARD B–63393EN/02

208

Ladder diagram

Page 223: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 13. FL–net BOARD

209

1) The FL–net interface is 10Base–T.

2) For details, refer to “FANUC FL–net Board Operator’s Manual(B–63434EN) ” to be issued separately.

13.4MISCELLANEOUS

Page 224: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

14. M–NET BOARD B–63393EN/02

210

14 M–NET BOARD

Page 225: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 14. M–NET BOARD

211

The M–NET board is the interface board used to connect the Series18–LNA with the PLC via the M–NET.

Item Specifications Remarks

Name FANUC M–NET board

Specifica-tion number

A02B–0265–K415 M–NET board

Function One M–NET channel

PCB draw-ing number

A20B–8100–0350

Power sup-ply capacity

0.3A 24 VDC10% (including momen-tary variations and ripples).Via the main board.

Heat output 6W

Weight 150g

Environ-ment condi-tion

See Subsection 3.1.1.

NOTEThe installation of the M–NET board in the control unit mustbe performed by the machine tool builder.

14.1OVERVIEW

14.2SPECIFICATIONS

Page 226: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

14. M–NET BOARD B–63393EN/02

212

Terminal block

M–NET interface

Jumper pin ST1Short–circuit: 240 W terminat-ing resistorOpen: No terminating resistor

Terminal block model

MSTB2.5/5–STF–5.08 (manufactured by Phoenix Contact)This terminal block is of a type that clamps a cable.Usable cable

Solid wire : 0.25 to 2.5 mm2

Thin twisted wire : 0.25 to 2.5 mm2

AWG : 24–12

For multiple connection (up to two cables connectable)

Solid wire : 0.2 to 1 mm2

Twisted wire : 0.2 to 1.5 mm2

For products for the EU, however, connecting two cables to oneterminal is not permitted. In this case, use the twin rod terminal (0.5to 1.5 mm2) manufactured by Phoenix Contact.

AI–TWIN2x0,5–8 (0.5 mm2)AI–TWIN2x0,75–8 AI–TWIN2x0,75–10 (0.75 mm2)AI–TWIN2x1–8 AI–TWIN2x1–10 (1 mm2)AI–TWIN2x1,5–8 AI–TWIN2x1,5–12 (1.5 mm2)

Perform line termination with the jumper pin ST1 shown in the figure.

14.3INTERFACECONNECTOR

Page 227: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 14. M–NET BOARD

213

The figure below show an example of cable connection.

M–NET board

Series 18i–LNA

14.4CABLECONNECTION

Page 228: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL
Page 229: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

APPENDIX

Page 230: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL
Page 231: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

217

A EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT AND CONNECTOR

Series 18i–LNA control unit A02B–0266–B501, B506 Fig. U1

10.4″ LCD unit A02B–0265–C087 Fig. U2

Detachable LCD/MDI(with touch panel and operator’s panel I/O)

A02B–0166–C291#R Fig. U3

HSSB interface board type 2 (1CH) on the personalcomputer side

A02B–8001–0583 Fig. U4

HSSB interface board type 2 (2CH) on the personalcomputer side

A02B–8001–0582

Manual pulse generator A860–0202– T001 Fig. U5

Pendant manual pulse generator A860–0202– T004 to T015 Fig. U6

Punch panel (narrow type) 1 m A02B–0120–C191 Fig. U7

2 m A02B–0120–C192

5 m A02B–0120–C193

Page 232: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

218

172 (for 3–slot type)

60 (for 1–slot type)

Slot 1

Slot 3 Slot 2

Memory card

Weight: For 1–slot type, 0.7 kgFor 3–slot type, 1.9 kg

For both types, the stated weight doesnot include printed–circuit boards in-serted in the slots.

Fig. U1 Series 18i–LNA control unit

Page 233: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

219

4–M3

4–4290

2805 5

220

521

05

Mounting hole layout diagram(The unit shall be fastened to the cabinet from the outside.)Painting shall be masked 8 mm from the edges of the panel sheet metalon the rear surface.

Paint color: Munsell code N3, medium glossWeight: 2.5 kg

Fig. U2 10.4″ LCD Unit (with touch panel and operator’s panel I/O)

Page 234: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

220

weight: 3.5kg

Fig. U3 Detachable LCD/MDI

Page 235: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

221

–0582 –0583

Weight: 0.2 kg

Fig. U4 High–speed serial bus interface board type 2 (PC)Specification No.: A20B–8001–0583 (1 CH)

A20B–8001–0582 (2 CH)

Page 236: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

222

8.35

80.055.0

60.0

50.0

30.0

M4X

8.0

5V0V A B

11.0PULSE GENERATOR

FANUC LTD

120.0°

On the 72 circumference

M3 screw terminal

Fig. U5 External dimensions of manual pulse generatorSpecification No.: A860–0202–T001

Page 237: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

223

140

25

90 38.0

39.0

100.

0

A860–0202–T004 to T009

140

25

90 38.0

39.0

100.

0

A860–0202–T010 to T015

M3 screw terminal

M3 screw terminal

M3 screw terminal

M3 screw terminal

Fig. U6 External dimensions of pendant–type manual pulse generator Specification No.: A860–0202–T004 to TT015

Page 238: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

224

Painting shall be masked 8 mm from the edges of the panelsheet metal on the rear surface.

The following is the panel cut layout drawing of this punch panel.

20

2–M3

100

115

Fig. U7 Punch Panel (Narrow Type)Specification No.: A02B–0120–C191 (cable length 1 m)

A02B–0120–C192 (cable length 2 m)A02B–0120–C193 (cable length 5 m)

Page 239: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

225

Fig. title Specification No. Fig. No.

PCR connector (soldering type) PCR–E20FS Fig.C1 (a)

FI40 connector FI40–2015S Fig.C1 (b)

Connector case (HONDA PCR type) PCR–V20LA/PCR–V20LB Fig.C2 (a)

Connector case (HIROSE FI type) FI–20–CV Fig.C2 (b)

Connector case (FUJITSU FCN type) FCN–240C20–Y/S Fig.C2 (c)

Connector case (HIROSE PCR type) FI–20–CV7 Fig.C2 (d)

AMP connector (1) for servo side AMP1–178128–3 Fig.C3 (a)

AMP connector (2) for servo side AMP2–178128–3 Fig.C3 (b)

AMP connector (3) for +24 V power supply AMP1–178288–3 Fig.C3 (c)

AMP connector (4) for +24 V power supply AMP2–178288–3 Fig.C3 (d)

Contact for AMP connector AMP1–175218–2/5AMP1–175196–2/5

Fig.C3 (e)

HONDA connector (case) Fig.C4 (a)

HONDA connector (angled case) Fig.C4 (b)

HONDA connector (male) Fig.C4 (c)

HONDA connector (female) Fig.C4 (d)

HONDA connector (terminal layout) Fig.C4 (e)

Connector (FCI Japan)(3 pins/brown) SMS3PN–5 Fig.C5

Connector for HIROSE flat cable HIF3BB–50D–2.54RHIT3BB–34D–2.54R

Fig.C6

Connector (Japan Aviation Electronics)(for MDI) LY10–DC20 Fig.C7 (a)

Contact (Japan Aviation Electronics)(for MDI) LY10–C2–3 Fig.C7 (b)

Punch panel connector for reader/punch interface Fig.C8 (a)

Locking plate for reader/punch interface connector Fig.C8 (b)

Honda connector (for distribution I/O connection printed circuit board) MRH–50FD Fig. C9

Faston terminal A02B–0166–K330 Fig. C10

Connectors

Page 240: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

226

HONDA

1.27

A

1

7.3

n n2 1

7

15.1

B1.27

Display

n2

TYPE : HONDA PCR–E20FS (SOLDERING TYPE)

USAGE : GENERAL

MATING

HOUSING : HONDA PCR–E20L (PLASTIC)

PCR–E20FS

A

21.65

B

11.43

Fig. C1 (a) PCR connector (soldering type)

Page 241: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

227

16.2511.43

1.27

13.3519.2

15

5.5

2.2

1.7

9.2

12345678910

11121314151617181920

S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1214161820Section AA

1.8

3

5

8.5

4.3

7

A A2.4 2.4

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

NoteThis connector does nothave contacts for positions11,13,15,17, and 19.

Tab forshieldconnection

TYPE : HIROSE FI40–2015S

USAGE : PULSE CODER INTERFACE

LINEAR SCALE INTERFACE

MPG INTERFACE

MATING/HOUSING : HIROSE FI–20–CV

(Standard 1/10)

See from the back (soldering side)

Fig. C1 (b) FI40 connector

Page 242: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

228

9.5

HONDA

21

30

37

11.4

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(1) (2) Case(3) Cable clamp(4) Lock bracket(5) Lock lever(6) Set screw for cable clamp

TYPE : HONDA PCR–V20LA (for 6 dia. cable)

USAGE : GENERAL

Fig. C2 (a) Connector case (HONDA PCR type)

Page 243: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

229

(1)(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

21±0.311.5±0.3

TYPE : HIROSE FI–20–CV

USAGE : PULSE CODER INTERFACE

LINEAR SCALE INTERFACE

MANUAL PULSE GENERATOR INTERFACE

(1) (2) Case(3) Lock bracket(4) Lock lever(5) Cable clamp(6) Set screw for cable clamp

9.5±0.2

30±0.3

37

0.5

17.5

0.3

Fig. C2 (b) Connector case (HIROSE FI type)

Page 244: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

230

21

30

37

11.4

(2)

FC020–02

9.5

Cable clampScrew

Lock lever

TYPE : FUJITSU FCN–240C20–Y/S (for 5.8 dia. cable)

USAGE : GENERAL

Fig. C2 (c) Connector case (FUJITSU FCN type)

Page 245: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

231

TYPE : FI–20–CV7

USAGE : GENERAL(Cannot be used on the main CPU board or the sub–CPU board of the Series 18i–LNA.)

Fig. C2 (d) Connector case (PCR type (Hirose Electric))

Page 246: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

232

3 12

AMP

19.24

16.3 22

.8X

10.165.08

4.05

3.1

123

Circuit No.

0.6

6.55

7.15

Circuit No.

TYPE : AMP1–178128–3

(25.5)

D–3

DIMENSION

Fig. C3 (a) AMP connector (1)

Page 247: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

233

TYPE : AMP2–178128–3

DIMENSION

3 12

AMP

(29.7)

(19.24)

16.3 22

.8

Y

10.165.08

4.05

3.1

123

Cricuit No.

0.6

6.55

7.15

Circuit No.

0.

3

0.

3

D–3

0.

3

0.

3

0.

3

Fig. C3 (b) AMP connector (2)

Page 248: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

234

3 12AMP

(22.96)

16.7

16.3 22

.8X

7.623.81

4.05

3.1

123

Circuit No.

0.6

6.55

7.15

Circuit No.

TYPE : AMP1–178288–3

USAGE : POWER SUPPLY UNIT CP1A

+24V INPUT

3

2

1

0V

+24V

D–3

DIMENSION

Fig. C3 (c) AMPconnector (3)

Page 249: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

235

123

Circuit No.

0.6

6.55

7.15

Circuit No.

TYPE : AMP2–178288–3

USAGE : POWER CP1B

+24V OUTPUT

3

2

1

0V

+24V

DIMENSION

Fig. C3 (d) AMP connector (4)

Page 250: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

236

SEPARATE : AMP1–175218–2(Gold coated)AMP1–175218–5(Tin coated)

REEL : AMP1–175196–2(Gold coated)AMP1–175196–5(Tin coated)

WIRE : AWG 16, 18, 20(21.8)

3

1In case of reel

A–A2.9

2.9

4.2

5.5

B–B17.8

(9.3) (2.5)

A B

AB

(2.6)

–AMP

2.9

(1.7) 2.5

3.4

PLATING 1D–MARK

PRESSER 1D–MARK

±0.2

±0.5

±0.4

±0.4

0.

2

0.

5

0.

2

0.

5

Fig. C3 (e) Contact for AMP connector

Page 251: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

237

(2)

(1)

(3)

(4)

(5)

A(B)

(D)

MR–20LMH (Plug)

MR–20LFH (Jack)

MR–50LMH (Plug)

MR–50LFH (Jack)

SpecificationSymbol

A (B) C (D)Number ofterminals

39.3 44.9 39.8 17 20

67.9 73.5 44.8 18 50

Symbol1

2

3

4

5

NameConnector cover

Cable clamp

Screw for cable clamp

Plug (MR–20, 50MH)

Jack (MR–20, 50FH)

Outer diameter of the cableMR–20L dia.10mm maxMR–50L dia.16mm max

Stopper

C

Fig. C4 (a) HONDA connector (case)

Page 252: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

238

External dimensions of 50–pin connector

Fig. C4 (b) Honda connector (angled–type case)

Page 253: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

239

(2)

(1)

(3)

2–M2

A

B

13

18.1

8.5

6

2.4

HO

ND

A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

MR–20RMH

MR–50RHF

A B

32.8 27.8 20

61.4 56.4 50

Symbol1

2

3

NameCable clamp

Screw 2.6dia.×8

Connector (MR–20,–50MH)

Number ofterminals

Fig. C4 (c) HONDA connector (male)

Page 254: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

240

(2)

(1)

(3)

2–M2

A

B

13

19.9

10.9 8.

4

HO

ND

A

8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Symbol1

2

3

NameCable clamp

Screw 2.6dia.×8

Connector ( MR–20,– 50FH)

MR–20RMH

MR–50RMH

A B

32.8 27.8 20

61.4 56.4 50

Number ofterminals

2.4

Fig. C4 (d) HONDA connector (female)

Page 255: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

241

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

HONDA

MR–50MH(50–core, plug)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

HONDA

MR–50FH(50–core, jack)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

HONDAMR–20MH(20–core, plug)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

HONDAMR–20FH(20–core, jack)

Fig. C4 (e) HONDA connector (terminal layout)

Page 256: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

242

32 m

ax.

19.0

6

30

7.7

6

5.08

12

3

Specification(Connector maker

number)

Connector housing for cable

Contact(Crimp type)

(Solder type)

Name Remarks

SMS3PNS–5

RC16M–23T3

RC16M–SCT3

BrownFor details on tools required for crimpterminals,contact themanufacturer.

Manufacturer : FCI Japan Corp.

Cables : Cross sectional area : 0.75mm2(30/0.18)

Insulation diameter : 2.8mm max

Peeling length : 7.2mm

±0.2

0.

2

Fig. C5 Connector made by FCI Japan (3 pins, black)

Page 257: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

243

Section B–B’

1.271.27

1.27

1.09

15.6

14.4

C

3.8

2.7

7.0

1

A

A A’ B

B’2.54

3.811.27

2.54

6.0

A

6.0

D

3.5

10.5

7.0

0.3

0.95

1.05

3.5

4.5

2.3

A

D

3.6

6.0

2.33.5

8.5

MAIN BODY PROTECTOR CRAMP

ASS’Y DIAGRAMSection A–A’

HIF3BB–34D–2.54R

Description A B C D

47.75 40.64 41.91 43.23

No.ofcontact

34

Dimensions

Specification HIROSE ELEC. CO.

HIF3BB–50D–2. 54R (50contacts)

HIF3BA

HIF3BB

CONNECTOR FOR FLAT CABLE (HIROSE ELEC. CO.)

0102

0304

0506

0708

0910

ROW A

ROW B

20PINS

A01 MARK (SIDE)

POLARITY GUIDANCE

0102

0304

0506

0708

0910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

2122

2324

25

50PINS

ROW A

ROW B

OUTVIEW FROM CONNECTOR SIDE.

OUTVIEW FROM CONNECTOR SIDE.

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR CONTACT NUMBER (HIROSE)

B

2

3

5.1

HIF3BB–50D–2.54R 68.07 60.96 62.23 63.650

Fig. C6 Connector for HIROSE Flat cable

Page 258: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

244

+0.218

±0.1513

20.50

–0.3

21.6+0.3

0

2 (pitch)

Fig. C7 (a) Connector (Japan Aviation Electronics)(for MDI)

Page 259: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

245

Product name

Detailed contact diagram

Excluding the crimp terminal

Contact position

Section A–A

Fig. C7 (b) Contact (Japan Aviation Electronics)(for MDI)

Page 260: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

246

A

BC

F

G

10

HJ

6.1

A 53.0 D 7.8 G 10.7B 38.3 E 12.6 H 1.2C 47.0 F 41.3 J 0.8

A

A

E

102–3.05

D

10

10.8

A–A cross section

Fig. C8 (a) Punch panel connector for reader/puncher interface

Interlock screwM2.6P0.45 screwSmall round head screw

1.2groove

Spring washer

6.1

1.26.2

12.7

Fig. C8 (b) Locking plate plate for reader/puncher interface connector

Page 261: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

AND CONNECTOR

247

Honda MR type, 50 pins, male, connection printed circuit board soldering type connector

Type No. Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.MRH–50FD

Pin configuration of Honda MR connector, 50 pins, male

Viewed from the connector side

19

Fig. C9 Honda connector

Page 262: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

A. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNITAND CONNECTOR B–63393EN/02

248

Type: Faston terminal

Use: Frame grounding

Applicable housing: 170604–1 manufactured by AMP Japan, Ltd. or FVDDF2–250 TYPE I (blue) manufactured by Japan Solderless terminal MFG. co.Ltd.

Dimensions:

7.62

7.75

21.59

Applicable wire1.25 to 2.27 mm2

Fig. C10 Faston Terminal

Page 263: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

249

B 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

Page 264: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

250

This section provides supplementary information about therecommended (FANUC–approved) 20–pin interface connectors usedwith the following target model.

FANUC i series(Including the Series 18i–LNA and Power Mate i–LNA)

Models: PCR–EV20MDT (Honda Tsushin)52618–2011 (Molex Japan)

These board–mounted connectors have been specially developed toachieve the high packing density required for FANUC products. Asexplained in the following subsection, Honda PCR series connectors canbe used as cable connectors because the mating mechanism of the newlydeveloped connectors is compatible with that of the Honda PCR seriesconnectors. To support this specification extensively, many connectormanufacturers are now developing custom–tailored cable connectors.(Note that these cables cannot be used with screw–fixing cable connectorhousings.)

Models: PCR–E20MDK–SL–A (Honda Tsushin)(straight connector)PCR–E20LMDETZ–SL (Honda Tsushin)(right–angled connector)

These connectors are used for the main and option boards of the i series.As cable connectors, they are compatible with screw–fixing connectorhousings as well as the spring locking connector housings.

NOTEThe screw–fixing connector housings cannot be used withthe main and sub–CPU boards of the Series 18i–LNA.

B.1OVERVIEW

B.2ADDITIONALTARGET MODEL

B.3BOARD–MOUNTEDCONNECTORS

B.3.1Vertical–typeConnectors

B.3.2Straight andRight–angledConnectors (for Springand Screw–fixingConnector Housings)

Page 265: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

251

Cable connectors consist of a connector main body and housing. Themodels listed below are available. Those connectors not marked with anasterisk are currently being mass–produced as manufacturer’s standardmodels. Those marked with an asterisk are produced according to customspecifications by FANUC.

Strand wirepress–mount type

HondaStrand wirepress–mounttype

Cableconnector

Generaluse(MDI,IOLINK,AMP,SPDL,etc.)

PCR–E20FA PCR–V20LA* 6mm (5.7 to 6.5)

Use Type Manufacturer Connectormodel

Housingmodel

Applicable cableoutside diameter

Hirose FI30–20S* FI–20–CV2* 6.2mm (5.5 to 6.5)

Fujitsu FCN–247J020 –G/E

FCN–240C020 –Y/S*

5.8mm (5.5 to 6.5)

Molex 52622–2011* 52624–2015* 6.2mm (5.9 to 6.5)

Hirose FI30–20S* FI–20–CV7*(Low screw–fixing housing)

6.2mm (5.5 to 6.5)

Hirose FI40–20S* FI–20–CV2* 6.2mm (5.5 to 6.5)

FI40B–20S*(FI40A–20S*)

FI–20–CV5* 9.2mm (8.9 to 9.5)

FI40B–20S* FI–20–CV6* 10.25mm (9.5 to 11.0)

HiroseSolderingtype

For pulse coder,coaxialcable, linear scale,manual pulsegenerator,etc.

FI40B–2015S*(FI40–2015S*)

FI–20–CV* 8.5mm (8.0 to 9.0)

FI40B–20S*(FI40A–20S*)

FI–20–CV5* 9.2mm (8.9 to 9.5)

FI40B–20S* FI–20–CV6* 10.25mm (9.5 to 11.0)

Honda PCR–E20FS PCR–V20LA* 6mm (5.7 to 6.5)

Solderingtype

Honda PCR–E20FS PCR–V20LA* 6mm (5.7 to 6.5)

Fig. B.4 Cable connectors

NOTEThe low screw–fixing housing (FI–20–CV7, manufacturedby Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.) cannot be used with the mainCPU board and sub–CPU board of the Series 18i–LNA.

B.4CABLECONNECTORS

Page 266: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

252

Strand wire press–mount connector :With this connector, #28AWG wires arepress–connected to each pin at the same time.The cost of producing a cable/connectorassembly with this connector model is muchlower than with connectors designed forcrimping or soldering. Also, the following connector housing hasbeen newly developed for use with the iseries.

Connector model (manufacturer) Supplementary description

FI–20–CV7 (Hirose) Low connector housing, more compact than conventional models. The housingcan be fastened to a board–mounted connector by means of a screw lock. It isintended mainly for connecting the board–mounted connectors used on the mainand option boards of the LCD–mounted type i series (see Section B.3.2). Thiscannot be used in the Series 18i–LNA.

Soldering type connector : Details of soldering type connectors and theirhousings are summarized below.

Table B.4 Details of soldering type connectors and housings

Connectors

Connector model (manufacturer) Supplementary description

PCR–E20FS (Honda) Soldering type connector for general signals. This is suitable for producing cableassemblies in small quantities, as well as on–site.

FI40–20S (Hirose) Equivalent to Honda PCR–E20FS

FI40B–20S (Hirose)(formerly, FI40A–20S)

Has the same number of pins as the FI40–20S, but features a wider soldering pitch,facilitating soldering and enabling the use of thicker wires. Its reinforced pins allowwires as thick as #17AWG to be soldered to the FI40B–20S (wires no thicker than#20AWG can be used with the FI40A–20S). Note, however, that a thick wire, suchas #17AWG, should be used with a more robust housing like the FI–20–CV6.

FI40B–2015S (Hirose)(formerly, FI40–2015S)

Features a wider soldering pitch, attained by using the space provided by thinningout some pins. Also features tougher pins, compared with its predecessor, theFI40–2015S. These pins can be soldered to wires as thick as #17AWG, providedthat the cable diameter does not exceed 8.5 mm.

Housings

Housing model (manufacturer) Supplementary description

FI–20–CV5 (Hirose) Should be used with the FI40B–20S. This is a plastic housing designed for use witha cable that is 9.2 mm in diameter.

FI–20–CV6 (Hirose) Should be used with the FI40B–20S. This housing, however, can be used with athicker cable (such as 10.25 mm) than is possible with the FI–20–CV5. Itscomponents are die cast.

In addition to the combinations shown in Fig. B.4, Hirose soldering–typeconnectors can be combined with the housings listed below. Ensure thatthe diameter of the cable used with each housing satisfies therequirements of that housing.

Cable Connectors

Page 267: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

253

Connector model

FI40B–2015S (formerly FI40–2015S)

FI40–20S

FI40B–20S (formerly FI40A–20S)

Housing model (applicable cable diameter)

FI–20–CV (8.5 mm in diameter) only

FI–20–CV2 (6.2mm)

FI–20–CV5 (9.2mm)

FI–20–CV6 (10.25mm)

Those listedon the leftcan beused.

Page 268: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

254

Table B.5 Recommended connectors, applicable housings, and cables

Connector namereferenced in the

ConnectionManual

FANUC–approvedconnector

(manufacturer)

FANUC–approvedhousing

(manufacturer)

Compatible cable (cable diameter)FANUC development

FANUC specification number

Remark

PCR–E20FAStrand

PCR–E20FA(Honda Tsushin)

PCR–V20LA(Honda Tsushin)

A66L–0001–0284#10P(6.2 mm in diameter)

Plastic housing

press–mount typeFI30–20S(Hirose Electric)

FI–20–CV2(Hirose Electric)

A66L–0001–0284#10P(6.2 mm in diameter) Plastic housing

FCN–247J020–G/E(Fujitsu Takamizawa)

FCN–240C020–Y/S(Fujitsu Takamizawa)

A66L–0001–0284#10P(6.2 mm in diameter) Plastic housing

52622–2011(Molex)

52624–2015(Molex)

Plastic housing

PCR–E20FAStrand wirepress–mount type

FI30–20S(Hirose Electric)

FI–20–CV7(Hirose Electric)

Plastic housing

PCR–E20FSSoldering type

PCR–E20FS(Honda Tsushin)

PCR–V20LA(Honda Tsushin)

Plastic housing

FI40–20S(Hirose Electric)

FI–20–CV2(Hirose Electric)

Plastic housing

FI40B–2015S(formerlyFI40–2015S)15–pin solderingtype

FI40B–2015S(formerlyFI40–2015S)(Hirose Electric)

FI–20–CV(Hirose Electric)

A66L–0001–0286 (*1)A66L–0001–0402 (*1)(8.5 mm in diameter)

Plastic housing

FI40B–20S(formerlyFI40–2015S)

FI40B–20S(formerly FI40–20S)(Hirose Electric)

FI–20–CV5(Hirose Electric)

A66L–0001–0367A66L–0001–0368(9.2 mm in diameter)

Plastic housing

soldering typeFI40B–20S(Hirose Electric)

FI–20–CV6(Hirose Electric)

A66L–0001–0403 (*1)(9.8 mm in diameter)

Metal housing

NOTE*1 Cable A66L–0001–0286 has been recommended for use as a pulse coder cable. It can be

up to 20 m long. Two cables, A66L–0001–0402 and A66L–0001–0403, have recently beendeveloped. A66L–0001–0402 and A66L–0001–0403 can be as long as 30 m and 50 m,respectively. (See Fig. 4 for detailed specifications.)Both cables have the same level of oil and bending resistance (cable, 100 mm in diameter,capable of withstanding at least 10 million bending cycles) as conventional cables, and areUL– and CSA–certified.

B.5RECOMMENDEDCONNECTORS,APPLICABLEHOUSINGS, ANDCABLES

Page 269: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

255

Connector model referenced in the

Connection Manual

FANUC–approved connector

(manufacturer)

Wire forming tool Press–mountingtool

Remark

PCR–E20FA PCR–E20FA PCS–K2A FHPT–918A Low cost(Honda Tsushin)

JGPS–015–1/1–20JGPS–014

MFC–K1PCS–K1

(Note 1)

FHAT–918A

FI30–20S FI30–20CAT FI30–20/ID Low cost(Hirose Electric)

FI30–20CAT1 HHP–502FI30–20GP

FCN–247J020–G/S FCN–237T–T043/H FCN–237T–T109/H(Fujitsu)

FCN–237T–T044/HFCN–247T–T066/H

FCN–237T–T062/H

52622–2011 57829–5000 57830–5000 Low cost(Molex)

57823–5000 57824–5000

NOTE1 Those tools indicated by shading are available from FANUC (specification number

A02B–0120–K391).2 The tools available from each manufacturer are specifically designed for use with the

connectors manufactured by that manufacturer.

Press–mount typeconnector assemblytools and jigs

Page 270: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

256

Machine tool builders are required to manufacture or procure thematerials for the cable assemblies to be used with their products. FANUCrecommends the following materials as being suitable for interfaceconnectors. Individual machine tool builders are encouraged to contacteach cable manufacturer for themselves, as required.

Material Use FANUC specification

number

Manufacturer Remark

10–pair cable General use 0.08mm2

10–pairA66L–0001–0284#10P

Hitachi Cable, Ltd.Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

12–conductorcomposite cable

Pulse coder, linear scale, manual pulsegenerator

0.5mm2

6–conductor0.18mm2

3–pair

A66L–0001–0286 Hitachi Cable, Ltd.Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

20 m or less

0.75mm2

6–conductor0.18mm2

3–pair

A66L–0001–0402 Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd. 30 m or lessUsable on movable parts

1.25mm2

6–conductor0.18mm2

3–pair

A66L–0001–0403 Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd. 50 m or lessUsable on movable parts

5–core coaxialcable

CRT interface 5–conductorcoaxial

A66L–0001–0371 Hitachi Cable, Ltd. 50 m or less

Materials for cableassemblies

Page 271: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

257

(a) Specifications

Item Unit Specifications

Product No. – A66L–0001–0284#10P

Manufacturer – Hitachi Cable,Ltd.Oki Electric Cable, Co.,Ltd.

Rating – 60°C 30V:UL278980°C 30V:UL80276

Material Conductor – Stranded wire of tinned annealed copper (ASTM B–286)

Insulator – Cross–linked vinyl

Shield braid – Tinned annealed copper wire

Sheath – Heat–resistant oilproof vinyl

Number of pairs Pairs 10

Conductor Size AWG 28

Structure Conductors/mm

7/0.127

Outside diameter mm 0.38

Insulator Thickness mm 0.1Thinnest portion : 0.8 (3.1mm)

Outside diameter (approx.) mm 0.58

Core style (rating) mm UL15157(80°C, 30V)

Twisted pair Outside diameter (approx.) mm 1.16

Pitch mm 20 or less

Lay – Collect the required number of twisted pairs into a cable, thenwrap binding tape around the cable. To make the cable round,apply a cable separator as required.

Lay diameter (approx.) mm 3.5

Drain wire Conductors/mm

Hitachi Cable : Not availableOki Electric Cable : Available,10/0.12

Shield braid Element wire diameter mm 0.12

Braid density % 85 or more

Sheath Color – Black

Thickness mm 1.0

Outside diameter (approx.) mm 6.2

Standard length m 200

Packing method – Bundle

Electrical Electric resistance (at 20°C) Ω/km 233 or lessperformance

Insulation resistance (at 20°C) MΩ–km 10 or less

Dielectricstrength (AC) V/min. 300

Flame resistance – Shall pass flame resistance test VW–1SC of UL standards.

10–pair cable

Page 272: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

258

(b) Cable structure

Bindingtape

Shieldbraid

Sheath

Twistedpair wire

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Wire identification table (Hitachi)

Wire No.

Insulator color

First wire

Secondwire

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

10

9

Blue

Yellow

Green

Red

Purple

Blue

Yellow

Green

Red

Purple

White

Brown

The numbers assigned to the wires correspond to the numbers in the table at right.

White

White

White

White

Brown

Brown

Brown

Brown

Fig. B.5 (a) Cable made by Hitachi Cable

Twisted–pairwireBinding tape

Shield braid

Sheath

Wire identification table (Oki)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

10

9

Orange

Gray

white

Yellow

Pink

Orange

Gray

White

Yellow

Pink

Red

Firstwire

Secondwire

Dot markcolor

Black–

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

Drain wire

The numbers assigned to the wires correspond to the numbers in the table at right.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Red

Black

Black

Black

Black

Black

Black

Black

Black

Black

Pair N

o.

Insulator color

Dot m

ark(1 pitch)

Fig. B.5 (b) Cable made by Oki Electric Cable

Page 273: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

259

(a) Specifications

Item Unit Specifications

Product No. – A66L–0001–0286

Manufacturer – Oki Cable, Ltd.Hitachi Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

Rating – 80°C, 30V

Material Conductor,braid–shieldedwire,drain wire

– Strand wire of tinned annealed copper (JIS C3152)

Insulator – Heat–resistant flame–retardant vinyl

Sheath – Oilproof, heat–resistant, flame–retardant vinyl

Number of wires (wire ons.) Cores 6 (1 to 6) 6 (three pairs) (7 to 9)

Conductor Size mm2 0.5 0.18

Structure Conductors/mm

20/0.18 7/0.18

Outside diameter mm 0.94 0.54

Insulator Standard thickness (Theminimum thickness is at least80% of the standard thickness.)

mm 0.25 0.2

Outside diameter mm 1.50 0.94

Twisted pair Outside diameter mm 1.88

Direction of lay – Left

Pitch mm 20 or less

Lay – Twist the wires at an appropriate pitch so the outermost layeris right–twisted, and wrap tape around the outermost layer. Apply a cable separator as required.

Lay diameter mm 5.7

Drain wire Size mm2 0.3

Structure Wires/mm 12/0.18

Outside diameter mm 0.72

Shield braid Element wire diameter mm 0.12

Thickness mm 0.3

Braid density % 70

Outside diameter mm 6.3

Composite 12–corecable

Page 274: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

260

Item SpecificationsUnit

Sheath Color – Black

Standard thickness (Theminimum thickness is at least85% of the standard thickness.)

mm 1.1

Outside diameter mm 8.5Max. 9.0(1)

Standard length m 100

Packing method – Bundle

Electricalperformance

Electric resistance (at 20°C)(wire nos.)

Ω/km 39.4(1 to 6) 113(7 to 9)

Insulation resistance (at 20°C) MΩ–km 15

Dielectric strength (AC) V/min. 500

Flame resistance – Shall pass flame resistance test VW–1SC of UL standards,

NOTEThe maximum outside diameter applies to portions otherthan the drain wire.

(b)Cable structureThe cable structure is shown below.

The colors in the figure indicate the colors of insulators.

Drain wire

0.18–mm2 twisted pair wire

0.5–mm2 insulated wire

Binding tape

Shield braid

Sheath

Red

White

Black

1Black

2black

3black

4Red

5Red

6Red

7

8

9

Red

Black

White

Page 275: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

261

(c) Specifications

Item Specification

FANUC specification number A66L–0001–0402 A66L–0001–0403

Manufacturer Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

A–conductor B–conductor A–conductor B–conductor

Conductor Constitution Number of conductors/mm

16/0.12(0.18mm2)

3/22/0.12(0.75mm2)

16/0.12(0.18mm2)

7/16/0.12(1.25mm2)

Typical outside diameter(mm)

0.55 1.20 0.55 1.70

Insulation Color White, red, black Red, black White, red, black Red, black(polyester)

Typical thickness (mm) 0.16 0.23 0.16 0.25

Typical outside diameter(mm)

0.87 1.66 0.87 2.20

Pair twisting Constitution White–red, white–black, andblack–red

White–red, white–black, andblack–red

Direction of twisting LeftTypical pitch: 20 mm

LeftTypical pitch: 20 mm

Assembling by twisting

Number of strands or conductors

3 6 3 6

Direction of twisting Left Left

Taping Twisting is wrapped with washi, or Japanese paper, tape.

Twisting is wrapped with washi, or Japanese paper, tape.

Typical outside diameter(mm)

5.7 6.9

Braided shielding

Typical strand diameter(mm)

0.14

Typical density (mm) 80

Drain A 12/0.18 mm wire is roughly wrapped under braided shielding.

Typical outside diameter(mm)

6.4 7.6

Sheath Color Black (matted)(polyurethane)

Typical thickness (mm) 1.05 1.1

Vertical taping Vertically taped with washi under sheathing.

Outside diameter (mm) 8.50.3 9.80.3

Finished Typical length (m) 100assembly

Short size Basically not approved.

Page 276: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

262

Item Specification

FANUC specification number A66L–0001–0403A66L–0001–0402

Manufacturer Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

B–conductorA–conductorB–conductorA–conductor

Finished Rating 80C 30Vassembly performance Standard Shall comply with UL STYLE 20236 and CSA LL43109 AWM I/II A 80°C 30V

FT–1.

Flame resistance Shall comply with VW–1 and FT–1.

Electrical Conductor resistance 103 or lower 25.5 or lower 103 or lower 15.0 or lowerperformance Ω/km (20°C)

Insulation resistanceMΩ/km (20°C)

1 or higher

Dielectric strengthV–min

A. C 500

Insulation performance

Tensile strengthN/mm2

9.8 or higher

Elongation % 100 or higher

Tensile strength after aging%

At least 70% of that before aging

Elongation after aging % At least 65% of that before aging

Aging condition For 168 hours at 113°C

Sheathing performance

Tensile strength N/mm2

9.8 or higher

Elongation % 100 or higher

Tensile strength after aging%

At least 70% of that before aging

Elongation after aging % At least 65% of that before aging

Aging condition For 168 hours at 113°C

Cable cross section

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

RedRed

White

Red

Black

BlackBlack

BlackRed

White

Black

Red

Tape Braided shielding

Twisted pair A

Solid wire B

Sheath

Drain

Page 277: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES

263

Item Unit Description

Specification – A66L–0001–0371

Manufacture – HITACHI CABLE CO., LTD.

Manufacture’s specification – CO–IREFV(0)–CX–75–SB 5X0.14SQ

Number of Conductors Core 5

Inside Con- Size mm2 0.14ductor

Components Conduc-tors

(PCS)/mm

7/0.16

Material – Tin–coated Soft Copper Wire

Diameter mm 0.48

Insulator Material (Color) – Polyethylene (White)

Thickness mm 0.71

Diameter mm 1.90

Outside Material – Tin–coated Soft Copper Wire (Rolled)Conductor

Diameter of Com-ponent–Wire

mm 0.08

Density % 95 or more

Diameter mm 0.2

Jacket Material – Vinyl

Color – Black. White. Red. Green. Blue

Thickness mm 0.15

Diameter mm 2.6

Twisted Assembly Diameter mm 7.1

Thickness of Paper Tape mm 0.05

Shieldbraid

Wire dia. Material mm 0.12 Tin–coaded soft copper wire

Density % 80 or more

Thickness mm 0.3

Diameter mm 7.8

Sheath Material, Color – Oil Tight Vinyl Black

Thickness mm 0.7 (Min. thickness: 0.56)

Finish Diameter mm 9.2 0.3

Conductor Resistance (20°C) /km 143 or less

Withstand Voltage (A.C.) V/min. 1000

Insulation Resistance (20°C) M–km 1000 or more

Impedance (10MHz) 75±5

Standard Capacitance (1MHz) nF/km 56

Standard Attention (10MHz) dB/km 53

Weight kg/km 105

Standard Length m 200

Package form – Bundle

5–core coaxial cable

Page 278: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B. 20–PIN INTERFACE CONNECTORS AND CABLES B–63393EN/02

264

Black

Black

WhiteWhite

Blue

Red

Red

Green

Green

Blue

An example of circuit testing 20–pin interface cable

ΩResistor

Checkevery pin

PCB connector

Cable (20–pin interface connector)

PCR–E20LMD (Honda)

.

.

.

.

.

.

Page 279: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 C. CONNECTION CABLE (SUPPLIED FROM US)

265

C CONNECTION CABLE (SUPPLIED FROM US)

Maximum allowable cable length between units

Cable type Use and conditionMaximum

cable length(m)

I/O Link cable Electrical cable 10 m Note 2

Serial spindle cable Electrical cable (CNC to SPM) 20 m

MPG cable I/O module for operator’spanel–to–manual pulse generator

50 m

FSSB cable See APPENDIX D.

HSSB cable See APPENDIX D.

NOTE1 The maximum cable lengths listed above apply only when

the respective recommended cables stated in the text areused. If a non–recommended cable is used, the maximumcable length may not be guaranteed.

2 This cable can be extended to up to 15 m if it is used withinthe cabinet.

Page 280: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

C. CONNECTION CABLE (SUPPLIED FROM US) B–63393EN/02

266

Purpose Description Specification Length

Manual pulsegenerator cable(for one unit)

Connectoroperator’s panelI/O module (JA3)

Manual pulsegenerator terminalboard

FI40–2015S

M3 crimp style terminal

A02B–0120–K847

7 m

I/O Link cable

Control unit (JD1A)

I/O unit (JD1B) PCR–E20FA

A02B–0120–K842

5 m

Control unit powersupply cable

Stabilized powersupply (24 VDC)

Control unit (CP1) AMP1–178288–3

M3 crimp style terminal

A02B–0124–K830

5 m

Serial spindlesignal cable

Control unit (JA41)

series amplifier(JA7B)

PCR–E20FA

A02B–0236–K810

5 m

Page 281: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 D. OPTICAL CABLE

267

D OPTICAL CABLE

The Series 18i–LNA uses optical cables for the following interfaces. Thistable lists the usable combinations.

Interface Recommended optical cable

Maximum allowabletransmission distance

Applicable junc-tion adapter

Remark

Serial spindle interface A66L–6001–0026#L~ 200 m A63L–0020–0002

High–speed serial bus A66L–6001–0026#L~ 100 m None(HSSB) interface (Note)

A66L–6001–0029#L~ 55 m A63L–0020–0004 For junction only

Serial servo bus (FSSB) A66L–6001–0023#L~ 10 m Noneinterface

A66L–6001–0026#L~ 100 m None

NOTEFor printed–circuit boards with the following former orderinginformation, the maximum allowable transmission distancewith –0026#L~ is lowered to 50 m, and connection withA63L–0020–0004 is impossible.

·A20B–8001–0580 ·A20B–8001–0581·A20B–8001–0640 ·A20B–8100–0100

Page 282: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

D. OPTICAL CABLE B–63393EN/02

268

(1)Supported optical cables

(a) Internal cord type cable: A66L–6001–0023#LR

Cable length: 0.15 to 10 mCode diameter: 2.2 mm × 2 cordsTensile strength:

optical cord 7 kg per cordBetween optical cord and connector 2 kg

Minimum bending radius of optical cord: 25 mmOperating temperature: –20 to 70°C

7

6.7 14 max. 100 typ.

21

Unit: mm

Two cords are bound together.

Code

Fig. D.1 External dimensions of internal cord type cable

(b)External type cable: A66L–6001–0026#LR

A66L–6001–0029#LR

Cable length: 1 to 200 moptical cord diameter: 2.2 mm × 2 cordsDiameter of cable with reinforced cover: 7.6 mmTensile strength: Cable with reinforced cover – 75 kg

optical cord 7 kg per cordBetween optical cord and connector 2 kg

Minimum bending radius of optical cord: 25 mmMinimum bending radius of cable with reinforced cover: 50 mmBending resistance (cable with reinforced cover):

10 million bending cycles at room temperature (when the bending radius is 100 mm)

Flame resistance: Equivalent to UL VW–1Operating temperature: –20 to 70°C

8.2

6.7 19 max. 150 typ. 35 typ.

21

Unit: mm

Code Bush Reinforced cover

Fig. D.2 External dimensions of external cable

Page 283: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 D. OPTICAL CABLE

269

Table D.1 Standard cable length

Internal cord type cable External cable

A66L–6001–0023# A66L–6001–0026#

Specification Length Specification Length

L150R0 0.15 m L1R003 1.0 m

L300R0 0.3 m L2R003 2.0 m

L500R0 0.5 m L3R003 3.0 m

L1R003 1.0 m L5R003 5.0 m

L2R003 2.0 m L7R003 7.0 m

L3R003 3.0 m L10R03 10.0 m

L5R003 5.0 m L15R03 15.0 m

L7R003 7.0 m L20R03 20.0 m

L10R03 10.0 m L30R03 30.0 m

L50R03 50.0 m

L100R03 100.0 m

L200R03 200.0 m

2. Cable selection

Always use an external cable (A66L–6001–0026#~) when thecable is to be laid outside the power magnetics cabinet or main unitcabinet, where it may be pulled, rubbed, or stepped on.

Use an external cable when part of the cabling is to be subject tomovement. For example, when connecting a portable operationpendant box to the power magnetics cabinet, the use of an externalcable is desirable because the cable is likely to be bent, pulled, ortwisted repeatedly even though frequent system operation is notexpected. However, the force likely to be applied when the cableis installed or moved for maintenance purposes does not need to betaken into consideration.

Use an external cable in locations where sparks or flame are a danger.Although the internal cord type cable (A66L–6001–0023#~) iscovered by nonflammable resin, the cover, if exposed to frame fora long time, may melt, allowing the fiber cable inside to burn.

Use an external cable when the cable is expected to be pulled withconsiderable force during installation (the force applied to the cablemust be within the specified tensile strength limit at all times). Forexample, even though installing a cable in a cable duct can beregarded as internal cabling, a cable of the appropriate type mustbe selected according to the tensile force to be applied to the cableduring installation.

Both the internal cord type and external cables have the same oiland heat resistance properties.

Page 284: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

D. OPTICAL CABLE B–63393EN/02

270

3. Procuring the cableAll the optical cables mentioned above are special cable products withoptical connectors, which are designed, produced, and tested to ensurethe required system performance and reliability. It is technicallyimpossible for users to produce these cables or process (cut andreconnect) them after purchase. Users are requested to purchase cablesof the necessary length from an appropriate supplier. Cables areavailable from either FANUC or any of the FANUC–approvedmanufacturers listed in Table D.2.

Table D.2 FANUC–approved cable manufacturers and cable modelnumbers (retail)

(1) Internal cord type cable A66L–6001–0023#LR

Manufacturer Model number Remarks

Japan AMP, Co., Ltd. –353373–

Japan Aviation ElectronicsIndustry, Ltd.

PF–2HB209–M–F–1 indicates thecable length (m).

Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. H07–P22–F2VCFA– indicates thecable length (m).

(2)External Cable A66L–6001–0026#LR

Manufacturer Model number Remarks

Japan AMP, Co., Ltd. –353199–

Japan Aviation ElectronicsIndustry, Ltd.

CF–2HB208–M–F–1 indicates thecable length (m).

Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. H07–P22–F2NCFA– indicates thecable length (m).

Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd. OPC201HPXF–MB indicates thecable length (m).

4. Handling precautions

(1)Protection during storageWhen the electrical/optical conversion module mounted on theprinted circuit board and the optical cable are not in use, theirmating surfaces must be protected with the lid and caps with whichthey are supplied. If left uncovered, the mating surfaces are likelyto become dirty, possibly resulting in a poor cable connection.

Page 285: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 D. OPTICAL CABLE

271

Electrical/optical conversion module Lid

optical cable

optical cable caps

Fig. D.3 Protection of electrical/optical conversion module and optical cable (when not in use)

(2)optical cable• Make sure that the bending radius and tensile strength of the cable

are always within their ranges described in the specifications (seethe first item), regardless of whether the cable is stored or routedand whether operation is in progress or not.

• Although the reinforcing cover of the external cable has sufficientmechanical strength, be careful not to drop heavy objects on thecable.

• Grasp the optical connector firmly when connecting ordisconnecting the cable. Do not pull on the optical cord itself. (Themaximum tensile strength between the optical cord and connectoris 2 kg. Applying greater force to the cord is likely to cause theconnector to come off, making the cable unusable.)

• Once connected, the optical connector is automatically locked bythe lock levers on its top. To remove the connector, release the locklevers and pull the connector.

• Although optical connectors cannot be connected in other than thecorrect orientation, always take note of the connector’s orientationbefore making the connection.

• Before installing an external cable, fix either a wire with a hook ora tension member to the reinforcing cover of the optical connectorand pull the wire or tension member, as shown in Fig. D.4. Thisis done to prevent a tensile force from being applied between theoptical cord and connector. If no tensile force is applied betweenthe optical cord and connector when installing the cable, you canhold the reinforcing cover of the connector directly and pull it. Inthe case of an internal cord, which does not have a reinforcingcover, apply the same protective measures, as instructed in Fig.D.4, for that portion of the cable where the two cords are boundtogether, in order to prevent a tensile force from being appliedbetween the optical cord and connector. In the same way as for anexternal cable, if no tensile force is applied between the optical cordand connector during installation, you can hold the shielded part of

Page 286: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

D. OPTICAL CABLE B–63393EN/02

272

the cable directly and pull it. Because the combined tensilestrength of the two cords is only 14 kg, however, avoid applyingtoo great a force to the cable during installation, regardless ofwhether you have taken the protective measures.

Optical connector

Reinforcing cover Wire with a hook

Tension member

Optical connectorReinforcing cover

Tape Tape

2 cords combined

Fig. D.4 Prior to installing a cable

Take care to keep both parts of the optical connector (cable side andPCB side) clean. If they become dirty, wipe them with tissue paper orabsorbent cotton to remove dirt. The tissue paper or absorbent cottonmay be moistened with ethyl alcohol. Do not use any organic solventother than ethyl alcohol.

Fix the reinforcing cover of the external cable or the cord bindingportion of the internal cord type cable by using a cable clamp, asshown in Fig. D.5, to prevent the weight of the optical cable frombeing applied directly to the connecting part of the opticalconnector.

(Recommended cable clamp): Recommended cable clamps are listed below. Use a clampthat grasps the optical cable lightly; the clamp should notapply excessive pressure to the cable.

For an external cable: CKN–13SP (with sponge)(Kitagawa Industry Co., Ltd.)

For an internal cord type cable: MN–1 (Kitagawa Industry Co., Ltd.)

Page 287: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 D. OPTICAL CABLE

273

Optical connector Optical cordReinforcing cover of externalcable or cord binding portion ofinternal cord type cable

Bending radius of 25 mm or more(Make the bending radius as large aspossible.)

Cable clampBending radius of 50 mm or more (for reinforcing cover)Bending radius of 25 mm or more (for cord binding portion)(Make the bending radius as large as possible.)

Fig. D.5 Fixing the cable with a clamp

Any superfluous portion of the cable may be wound into a loops.Should this prove necessary, make sure the diameter of each loopis at least 150 mm (for an external cable) or at least 100 mm (foran internal cord type cable). Winding the cable into smaller loopsmay produce sharp curves that exceed the specified bending radiuslimit without the user being aware. Such bending can result in agreater transmission loss, ultimately leading to a communicationfailure.

When using a nylon band (cable tie) as a cable clamp, follow theinstructions given below. Also, take care not to apply a bendingforce to one particular part of the cable when fixing it with a clamp.Failing to clamp the cable correctly may cut or damage it.External cable:Do not clamp the uncovered portion of the cable with a nylon band.When clamping the cable by the reinforcing cover, the clampingforce is not an important factor to consider. However, ensure thatthe clamping force is as small as possible to ensure that thereinforcing cover is not deformed by the clamping. If possible, theclamping force should be 5 kg or less.Internal cord type cable:Lightly clamp the optical cable with a nylon band so that the cableshield is not deformed. If possible, the clamping force should be1 or 2 kg (make sure that no force is applied to the cable). Due careis required when clamping the internal cord type cable because itscable shield is weaker than the reinforcing cover of the externalcable.

Page 288: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

D. OPTICAL CABLE B–63393EN/02

274

5. Optical cable relay of FANUC I/O LinkWhen used for the FANUC I/O Link application, optical cables can beconnected by using an optical cable adapter, as follows.

(a) External view of an optical cable adapter

420.5

210.5

3.2

10.16

320.3

R1.6

18.2

0.5

2.2

6.6

8.2

(b)Example of the use of an optical cable adapter

Optical cable

Optical cable adapter (A63L–0020–0002)

Optical cable

Mounting board

NOTEUp to one relay points are permitte.

Page 289: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 D. OPTICAL CABLE

275

6. Optical cable relay of FANUC high–speed serial busWith the FANUC high–speed serial bus, special low–loss opticalcables can be connected by using a special low–loss optical relayadapter as an optical cable relay adapter.

(a) External view of the low–loss optical relay adapter

421.0

210.3

3.2

10.16

320.5

R1.6

18.1

2.2

6.6

8.2

(b)Example of use of the optical cable relay adapter

Low–loss optical cable

Low–loss optical relay adapter (A63L–0020–0004)

Mounting board

Low–loss optical cable

NOTEOnly one relay point is permitted.

Page 290: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

D. OPTICAL CABLE B–63393EN/02

276

7. Precautions for connection with low–loss optical junction adapter

Features of and handling precautions for low–loss optical junctionadapter (A63L–0020–0004)When optical connectors for a conventional optical junctionadapter (A63L–0020–0002) are jointed, the facing ferrules(Note 1)are located about 60 um from each other. This is because the opticalcable of conventional PCF (plastic clad silica fiber) cables(A66L–6001–0008, –0009, –0026) may protrude from the tip ofthe ferrules (by up to about several um), resulting in the cableprotrusion being damaged when the ferrules are butted against eachother.In the low–loss optical junction adapter, the ferrules are buttedagainst each other, thus greatly reducing the reduction in repeaterloss. Therefore, the two optical cables used with the low–lossoptical junction adapters must be dedicated to the adapters.If a conventional PCF (plastic clad silica fiber) cable(A66L–6001–0008, –0009, –0026) is used as even one of the twooptical cables for joining the low–loss optical junction adapter,both cables may be damaged, resulting in deterioratedcharacteristics.

NOTEFerrule: Movable metal at the tip of an optical connector; thefiber is bonded to the ferrule.

Ferrule

Protective cover

Optical cableOptical connector

Features of low–loss optical cable (A66L–6001–0029)A low–loss optical cable is selected from conventional PCF opticalcables (A66L–6601–0026). The selected cable offers low loss, andits connector section is given special treatment; the cable ends areprovided with a depression so that the ferrules can be butted againsteach other. The two optical cables used with the low-loss opticaljunction adapter must be of low–loss type.

Appearance of the low–loss optical junction adapter and cable(how to distinguish them from conventional types)The body of the conventional optical junction adapter is black, butthat of the low–loss optical junction adapter is blue. In addition,the protective cover(Note 1) of the conventional PCF optical cableis black, but that of the low–loss optical cable is blue.

Page 291: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 D. OPTICAL CABLE

277

8. Installing the optical cable junction adapterThe optical cable junction adapter should be installed within a cabinet,as a rule. If it is impossible to avoid installing it within a cabinet,protect the adapter and the optical cable portions (such as connectorsand cords) not covered with reinforcement coating from the outside airby, for example, covering them with packing.

9. Environmental resistance of the optical cable junction adapter

The optical cable junction adapter is not waterproof. Even whenoptical cables are attached to both ends of the adapter, there are verysmall gaps in the linked portions, so water resistance can not beexpected.

When optical cables are attached to both ends of the junctionadapter installed in a normal environment (such as within acabinet), it is unlikely that dust will penetrate between the adapterand optical cable to the degree that it may hamper normal opticallinkage. If one or both ends of the adapter are left open, dust anddirt may accumulate even when the adapter is in a normalenvironment (such as within a cabinet). The dust and dirt on theadapter ends is likely to hamper normal optical linkage when theoptical cables are attached. In such a case, clean the junctionadapter and the optical connector using the optical cable junctionadapter cleaning method described below.

Do not allow cutting fluid to splash over the adapter or those opticalcable portions (such as connectors and cords) that are not coveredwith reinforcement coating. If the inside of the adapter and cableend surfaces are contaminated with cutting fluid, a malfunctionmay occur.

10.CleaningIf the optical cable junction adapter, optical–to–electrical conversionmodule, or optical cable are soiled, clean them according to thefollowing procedures.

Cleaning the optical cable junction adapter and optical-to-electricalconversion moduleFirst, clean the entire housing by wiping it with a cloth moistenedwith, or by washing it in, ethyl alcohol or HCFC141B (alternativeCFC; High Shower spray can DS–2168, manufactured by SunHayato). Similarly, wash the two sleeves in the adapter or wipethem with a cotton swab or the like.

Page 292: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

D. OPTICAL CABLE B–63393EN/02

278

Cleaning optical cablesFor the optical cables, it is important to clean the connectors at theirends. Any soiling on the optical cable end surfaces will hamperoptical transmission, resulting in a malfunction. Wipe the opticalcable end surfaces (that is, the ferrule end surfaces) thoroughly witha soft, clean cloth (like gauze) moistened with ethyl alcohol orHCFC141B, in the same way as described above. The use of cottonswabs may prove convenient. The fiber end surfaces of low–lossoptical cables are lower than the ferrules. To remove any soilingfrom the cable end surfaces completely, push the cotton swab orgauze into the depressions all the way through while rotating theferrule. If the ferrules and optical connectors are contaminatedwith oily substances, and they may extend over a cleaned cable endsurface when it is attached to the optical-to-electrical conversionmodule, it is a good idea to wash them before wiping the opticalcable end surfaces, using the procedure stated above.

Page 293: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02E. 10.4″ LCD UNIT (WITH TOUCH PANEL

AND OPERATOR’S PANEL I/O)

279

E 10.4″ LCD UNIT (WITH TOUCH PANEL AND OPERATOR’SPANEL I/O)

The touch panel is operated by directly touching the LCD screen. Fortouch panel operation, be sure to use the FANUC–supplied pen(A02B–0236–K111) provided with the touch panel. If the LCD screen istouched using a sharp–tipped pen, the surface of the LCD screen may bedamaged. Moreover, the LCD screen must not be touched by with yourfingers. Otherwise, the operability may be degraded, and the screen islikely to become dirty.

A protection sheet is attached the face of an LCD with a touch panel toprotect the thin film of the touch panel and LCD. If the protection sheetis damaged, it can be replaced. (The protection sheet is a consumablepart.)

1) Protection sheet A02B–0236–K110

2) Neutral detergent (detergent that can clean oily dirt off = detergentfor kitchen can be used)

3) Soft cloth (such as towel)

1) Before replacement

<1> Turn off the power to the machine.<2> Peel off the old protection sheet from the surface of the touch

panel.<3> Wipe off adhesive residue if any on the screen surface with

alcohol.<4> Use the detergent to remove oil or dirt stuck to the surface of the

touch panel.<5> With a soft, damp cloth, wipe off detergent completely.

If the touch panel surface becomes cloudy, oil is still left onthe surface. Remove oil completely.

If oil or detergent is left on the surface of the touch panel, theprotection sheet cannot adhere to the panel completely andwill sometimes peel off easily.

<6> With a dry soft cloth, wipe off moisture completely.

2) Applying the protection sheet

<1> Fold the tab over the front side (the side opposite to the backingsheet).

Fold

LCD with a touch panel

Protection sheet for thetouch panel

Replacing the protectionsheet Materials used

Replacement procedure

Page 294: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

E. 10.4″ LCD UNIT (WITH TOUCH PANEL AND OPERATOR’S PANEL I/O) B–63393EN/02

280

<2> Peel off the backing sheet.

<3> Position the sheet, then attach the upper and lower sides of thesheet first. Check that the sides of the protection sheet do nottouch the escutcheon.

NGOK

<4> Attach the right and left sides of the protection sheet whilepushing out air between the touch panel and protection sheet.

With part of the protection sheet kept stuck to the touchpanel, do not attempt to correct the position of the protectionsheet by pulling the sheet.

<5> Press the adhesive parts of the four sides, and attach the entiresheet completely.

Check that the four corners and four sides of the protectionsheet do not float.

3) Checks after replacement

<1> Check that there is no wrinkle on the surface of the protectionsheet.

<2> After power–on, check that there is no touch panel portion keptpressed.

<3> Press the touch panel, and check that correct operation takesplace.

Page 295: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 F. PCMCIA INTERFACE

281

F PCMCIA INTERFACE

Internal data of the CNC can be input and output through the PCMCIAinterface located on the left side of the 10.4–inch LCD unit (with a touchpanel and operator’s panel I/O). When a detachable LCD/MDI is used,the PCMCIA interface in the controller is used.

As memory cards, flash ATA cards (those that can operate on 5 V) andcompact flash cards can be used.

1. Overview

Flash ATA card (5 V version) can be used for data input/output.Because the flash ATA card incorporates a storage device andcontroller, it enables data input/output for a personal computerequipped with a PCMCIA interface without using any special PC cardwriter.

2. Flash ATA card specification

The Flash ATA card must comply with the following standards andmust be of one of the following types. However, it is not guaranteedthat all ATA cards that comply with these standards will operatenormally in the CNC. See Section 3 for those ATA cards whosenormal operation has been confirmed by FANUC.

2–1 Card standards

The ATA card to be used in the CNC must comply with PCMCIA(Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) PCCard standard Release 2.1 and PCMCIA PC Card ATA Release1.02.

2–2 Card Shapes

PCMCIA Type I and Type II

2–3 Card Operation Mode

PC–ATA specification

2–4 Card Operating Voltage

ATA cards that can operate on 5 V (single voltage power source)and 5 V/3.3 V (automatic switching) can be used in the CNC.

3. ATA cards whose normal operation has been confirmed

The following table lists those ATA cards whose normal operation hasbeen confirmed by FANUC (as of October, 2000).

Overview

ATA CARD

Page 296: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

F. PCMCIA INTERFACE B–63393EN/02

282

Manufacturer Model Storage capacity

Hitachi, Ltd. HB289016A4 16MB

HB289032A4 32MB

HB289048A4 48MB

Matsushita Electric BN–020AB 20MBIndustrial Co., Ltd.

BN–040AB 40MB

SanDisk SDP3B–20 20MB

SDP3B–40 40MB

NOTE1 FANUC does not guarantee the normal operation of any

ATA card other than those listed above.2 3.3 V versions of ATA cards cannot be used in the CNC.

4. Miscellaneous

The flash ATA card uses a quick format.If your flash ATA card has not been formatted, do so using apersonal computer.

Commercially available compact flash cards and compact flash cardadapters can be used.

The following tables list those compact flash cards and adapters of whichnormal operation has been confirmed by FANUC.

Compact flash card adapters

Manufacturer Model

I·O DATA PCCF–ADP

SanDisk PC CARD ADAPTER

Compact flash cards

Manufacturer Model Storage capacity

Hitachi, Ltd. HB289016C4 16MB

SanDisk SDCFB–16–505 16MB

I·O DATA PCCF–15MS 16MB

Hagiwara Syscom HPC–CF16X 16MB

NOTEFANUC does not guarantee normal operation when cardsnot listed in the above table are used.

Compact Flash cards

Page 297: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

IndexB–63393EN/02

i–1

[Numbers]10.4″ LCD Unit (with Touch Panel and Operator’s

Panel I/O), 279

2 A Output DO Signal Specifications, 114

20–pin Interface Connectors and Cables, 249

7 segments LED display, 157

[A]Action Against Noise, 21

Additional Target Model, 250

An order of command handshake, 154

Arrangement of connector, 142

AS–i status, 150

Attaching/Detaching DeviceNet Board, 190

[B]Batteries, 40

Battery for Absolute Pulse Coder Built into the Motor(6 VDC), 42

Battery for Memory Backup (3VDC), 40

Board–mounted Connectors, 250

[C]Cable Clamp and Shield Processing, 26

Cable Connection, 213

Cable Connectors, 251

Cable for Power Supply to Control Unit, 39

Cable Length for Manual Pulse Generator, 136

Cabling Diagram, 31

CE Marking, 167

Checking the Input and Output Signals, 116

Command Execution by the Ladder Program, 152

Command interface of ladder program, 152

Commands that can be executed from the ladder pro-gram, 152

Configuration, 1

Configurations of Stand–alone Type Control Units, 2

Connecting Input power source, 146

Connecting the Ground Terminal of the Control Unit,24

Connecting the Servo Check Adapter, 74

Connection, 78, 145, 179, 188

Connection Cable (Supplied from Us), 265

Connection Diagram, 96

Connection Example of Relay Pins, 98

Connection of a Manual Pulse Generator, 129

Connection of AS–i terminal, 147

Connection of Basic and Extension Modules, 117

Connection of FANUC I/O Link by Electric Cable, 79

Connection of FANUC I/O Link Optical Cable, 80

Connection of FANUC I/O Link–AS–i Converter, 140

Connection of One to Two Serial Spindles, 70

Connection of Operator’s Panel I/O Module, 133

Connection of the Connector Panel, 93

Connection to CNC Peripherals, 43

Connection to FANUC I/O Link, 76

Connection with Input/Output Devices, 58

Connection with the 10.4″ LCD Unit (with the TouchPanel and Operator’s Panel I/O), 45

Connection with the Detachable LCD/MDI, 48

Connection with the LCD Unit, 44

Connector Layout, 121

Connector Panel I/O Modules Used, 93

Control Unit, 29

Control Unit Configuration and Component Names, 2

Cooling by Heat Exchanger, 18

[D]Dealing with Errors, 159

Design and Installation Conditions of the MachineTool Magnetic Cabinet, 16

Details of command flag and status, 153

Details of commands, 154

Details of I/O Link DI/DO, 149

DeviceNet board, 184

DI/DO Map on the I/O Link, 148

[E]Emergency Stop Signal, 168

Environment for Installation, 14

Environmental conditions, 141, 186

Environmental Requirements, 14

Error code, 153

External Dimensions of Each Unit and Connector, 217

External View, 137

Page 298: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

Index B–63393EN/02

i–2

[F]FL–net Board, 192

[G]General connection diagram, 145

Ground, 23

[H]Handling Precautions, 175

Hardware Overview, 8

Heat Output of Each Unit, 19

Heat value, 140

High–speed Serial Bus (HSSB), 171

How to use I/O Link – AS–i Converter, 161

[I]I/O Connection of the Series 18i–LNA, 84

I/O Connector Pin Assignment, 124

I/O Link Assignment, 99, 123

input / output data area, 149

Input Signal Connection, 125

Input signal connection, 103

Input/Output Signal Specifications, 112

Installation, 13, 141, 142, 161

Installation Environment, 173

Installing the Control Unit, 29

Interface Connector, 212

Interface to the Servo Amplifiers, 73

[L]LED display, 157

LED Display and Setting Switch Operation, 156

List of slave, 151

[M]M–NET Board, 210

Manual Pulse Generator Connection, 135

Miscellaneous, 209

Monitoring Participating and Separated Nodes, 195

[N]Noise Suppressor, 25

Normal operation, 162

[O]Operator’s Panel I/O Connection for 10.4″ LCD Unit,

121

Optical Fiber Cable, 267

Ordering specification, 140

Other Notes, 118, 132, 139

Outer dimensions, 141

Outline, 140

Outline Drawing, 115

Output Signal Connection, 127

Output signal connection, 109

Overall Connection Diagram, 122, 133

[P]PCMCIA Interface, 281

Personal Computer Specification, 173

Pin assignment, 101

PLC Board Connector Layout, 178

PLC Interface Board, 176

Power Connection, 134

Power supply, 140

Power Supply Capacities of CNC–related Units, 15

Power Supply Capacity, 15

Power Supply Connection, 32, 97

Power supply connection, 123

Power Supply for the Control Unit, 34

Power turn–on/off sequence, 146

Power–off Sequence, 38

Power–on Sequence, 37

Procedure for Installing Personal Computer InterfaceBoards, 174

Page 299: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

B–63393EN/02 Index

i–3

[R]Recommended Cables, 175

Recommended Connectors, Applicable Housings, andCables, 254

Refresh time, 189

RS–232–C Interface Specification, 60

RS–232–C Serial Port, 58

[S]Separating Signal Lines, 21

Serial Spindle, 70

Servo Interface, 72, 73

Setting switch, 158

Signal Connections, 101

Slave and master functions, 186

Specification, 140

Specifications, 131, 138, 185, 194

Specifications and Circuit Configuration of External24–VDC Power Supply, 34

Spindle Connection, 69

Straight and Right–angled Connectors (for Spring andScrew–fixing Connector Housings), 250

Strong point, 140

[T]Temperature Rise within the Cabinet, 18

Thermal Design of Operator’s Panel, 20

Thermal Design of the Cabinet, 18

Total Connection Diagrams, 9

Turning On and Off the Power to the Control Unit, 34

[U]Units that Can be Connected Using FANUC I/O Link,

83

[V]Vertical–type Connectors, 250

[W]Weight, 140

When the 10.4″ LCD Unit (with Touch Panel and Op-erator’s Panel I/O) is Used, 10

When the Detachable LCD/MDI is Used, 12

Wiring Inside the Operator’s Panel, 128

Page 300: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL
Page 301: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

Rev

isio

n R

eco

rd

FAN

UC

Ser

ies

18i–

LN

A C

ON

NE

CT

ION

MA

NU

AL

(H

AR

DW

AR

E)

(B–6

3393

EN

)

02F

eb.,2

001

Add

ition

of f

ollo

win

g ite

ms

:

C

onne

ctio

n of

the

conn

ecto

r pa

nel

C

onne

ctio

n of

I/O

Lin

k–A

S–i

con

vert

er

F

L–ne

t boa

rd

M

–NE

T b

oard

Cor

rect

ion

of e

rror

s

01M

ar.,

2000

Edi

tion

Dat

eC

onte

nts

Edi

tion

Dat

eC

onte

nts

Page 302: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET INC · Series 18i-LNA Connection Manual ... GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, ... Ladder Language PROGRAMMING MANUAL

• No part of this manual may bereproduced in any form.

• All specifications and designsare subject to change withoutnotice.


Recommended